| Entries |
| Document | Title | Date |
|---|
| 20080198753 | NETWORK MONITORING AND DISASTER DETECTION - A method of monitoring a network that includes a number of nodes interconnected by trunks has a step of obtaining processor usage data pertaining to a plurality of node processors, the processor usage data including information representative of a rate of usage of each of the plurality of node processors. The method also includes obtaining memory usage data pertaining to a plurality of memories, each of the plurality of memories associated with a node processor, the memory usage data including information representative of a rate of usage of each of the plurality of memories. The method further includes determining from the memory usage data and the processor usage data whether a network congestion event is occurring. | 08-21-2008 |
| 20080219174 | Detecting Inactive Links in a Communication Network - The invention relates to a method and a management system for detecting inactive links in a network comprising interconnected switches (A, B, C). Initially, ports in a blocking state are identified. The present invention proceeds by deactivating a first port ( | 09-11-2008 |
| 20080225731 | NETWORK SYSTEM, NODE DEVICE AND MANAGEMENT SERVER - Erroneous detection of a failure in spite of the absence of failure on the route on account of a communication delay is to be prevented. A node device detects a failure on the route to a remote node device is detected by a failure to receive a packet from the remote node device after the elapse of a determined detection time. The node device sets “remote system transmission interval x detection multiplier” to be a first detecting time on the basis of a packet transmission interval determined by negotiation with the remote node device. It also sets the sum of “remote system actual transmission interval x detection multiplier” and “tolerable delay time” to be a second detecting time. The first detecting time and the second detecting time are compared, and what is longer is determined as the detecting time to be applied to actual operation. | 09-18-2008 |
| 20080225732 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE CENTRALIZED MANAGEMENT APPARATUS AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE CENTRALIZED MANAGEMENT METHOD - An electronic device centralized management apparatus manages a device connected through a network remotely. The apparatus stores information received from the device; extracts information based on a designated attribute of the device from the stored information; and compares a tendency held by the extracted information to a tendency held by the stored information to extract a difference therebetween. | 09-18-2008 |
| 20080225733 | Methods and Arrangements to Detect A Failure In A Communication Network - Methods and arrangements to monitor communication components such as a network adapters for activity, and identify components that have lower than normal levels of activity are provided. An identified communication component can become suspect component and a candidate for further testing, including different forms of interrogation. Process for interrogating candidates can include generating and sending test packets having the media access control (MAC) address of the candidate to the candidate and if activity is not detected subsequent to the interrogation, the candidate can be flagged as a failed component. Correspondingly, the component can be deactivated and removed from service. In a further embodiment, a backup component can be activated and assume the role previously held by the failed component. | 09-18-2008 |
| 20080232259 | Fault Reporting Tag for Mesh Access Points - Mesh access point fault reporting. In particular implementations, a method includes receiving a fault indication indicating one or more failures; collecting fault data related to the one or more failures or a state of the mesh access point; and passing the fault data to the RFID tag, which wirelessly transmits messages relating to the fault. | 09-25-2008 |
| 20080232260 | Method for Requesting Resource and Scheduling for Uplink Traffic in Mobile Communication and Apparatus Thereof - The present invention relates to a resource allocation requesting method and a packet scheduling method for uplink packet traffic in a mobile communication system, and an apparatus of the packet scheduling method. For efficient scheduling for the uplink traffic, scheduling is performed according to characteristics of traffic between a base station and user equipment (UE). Particularly, when the traffic generates a variable size packet on a periodic basis, the traffic is classified into first traffic that generates a completely variable size packet on a periodic basis and second traffic that generates a quasi-variable size packet on a periodic basis. In addition, the UE requests resource allocation in a different form from the base station depending on the type of traffic, and the base station performs scheduling according to the resource allocation request. Therefore, the UE requests resource allocation in accordance with traffic characteristics and the base station performs scheduling according to the traffic characteristics so that optimal uplink scheduling can be performed. | 09-25-2008 |
| 20080253293 | OPTIMIZATION OF SERDES SAMPLING PARAMETERS - One or more modules configured to cause a network diagnostic component to perform the following: an act of selecting first specific sampling parameters at which the SERDES is to receive network traffic; an act of determining a number of errors included in a signal output by the SERDES at the selected first specific sampling parameters; an act of repeating for a specified number of the remaining sampling parameters the acts of selecting specific sampling parameters and determining the number of errors in a signal output by the SERDES at the selected specific sampling parameter; an act of recording the number of errors for each selected specific sampling parameter in an output record, and an act of applying an optimization solution on the output record to thereby determine the specific sampling parameters that will cause the SERDES to output a signal with the lowest value of errors. | 10-16-2008 |
| 20080253294 | Data link fault tolerance - A method is provided for automatically generating code to define and control a system of connected hardware elements. The method comprises: accepting a system configuration macro with sub-macros for system elements, subsystem elements, and connections there between; accepting a plurality of tables with a plurality of system element behaviors, a plurality of subsystem element behaviors, and a plurality of connection options; defining the system of connected elements in response to selecting sub-macros; defining the physical links between the system elements and the behavior of the system and subsystem elements in response to populating the selected sub-macro parameters; expanding the selected sub-macros; generating executable code; and, accessing the tables in response to parameters in the executable code. Advantageously, the form and function of the system can be defined with programming, or writing application specific code. | 10-16-2008 |
| 20080259805 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING NETWORKS ACROSS MULTIPLE DOMAINS - A method and apparatus for managing networks across multiple domains are disclosed. For example, the method stores a mapping table that correlates one or more Customer Edge Routers (CERs) with one or more Route Processing Modules (RPMs) in at least one seed-file distributor, where each of the one or more Customer Edge Routers (CERs) is monitored by one of the at least one availability manager. The method receives an alarm associated with one of the one or more RPMs that affects one of the one or more CERs, where the alarm is received by one of the at least one availability manager that is monitoring the affected one of the one or more CERs. The method then provides a status associated with the one of said one or more RPMs in accordance with the alarm. | 10-23-2008 |
| 20080259806 | Signature Matching Methods and Apparatus for Performing Network Diagnostics - A system for identifying problems in networks receives test data which may include statistical information regarding packet loss on a path. The system creates a signature from the test data and compares the signature to example signatures corresponding to various network conditions. The system identifies one or more of the example signatures which match the test signature. The system may comprise an expert system which applies rules to identify an example signature that the test signature best matches. | 10-23-2008 |
| 20080259807 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND MAINTENANCE POINT FOR CONTROLLING CONTINUITY CHECK OF ETHERNET LINK - A method, system and maintenance point is provided to control the continuity check for the Ethernet links. The method includes: starting to send a continuity check message carrying exit check information to a sink end maintenance point of the link when a source end maintenance point of the link receives a deactivation indication of the continuity check; returning an exit response message to the source end maintenance point and stopping the continuity check when the sink end maintenance point receives the continuity check message carrying the exit check information; stopping sending the continuity check message carrying the exit check information and exiting the continuity check when the source end maintenance point receives the exit response message. The method solves the problem that the continuity check loss alert can not be eliminated in time even if the network failure has been eliminated if the deactivation indication is sent during the network failure in the existing procedure of continuity check. | 10-23-2008 |
| 20080259808 | METHOD FOR DETECTING AN AVAILABLE/UNAVAILABLE STATE OF PACKET TRANSPORT NETWORK - A method for detecting an available/unavailable state of a packet transport network, includes the steps of: in the packet transport network, detecting a severely errored second (SES) using performance parameters of the packet transport network, and detecting an available/unavailable time with the SES as a reference, and thus providing a method of determining if the packet transport network enters and exits the available/unavailable state. In this way, the detection of the available time of the packet transport network is achieved, and it is ensured that performance parameters of the packet transport network are measured when the packet transport network is in an available state, while the measurement of the performance parameters of the packet transport network is stopped when the packet transport network is in an unavailable state. Thus, the OAM mechanism of the packet transport network can be improved, and the defects in the performance management of the packet transport network can be eliminated. | 10-23-2008 |
| 20080267075 | SYSTEM FOR MONITORING OPERATIONS OF AN ENUM SYSTEM - A system for monitoring operations of a Telephone Number Mapping (ENUM) system is disclosed. A system that incorporates teachings of the present disclosure may include, for example, an ENUM system having a controller element to monitor queries received from one or more network elements, detect one or more faults in the queries submitted by at least one among the one or more network elements, and prevent the at least one of the one or more network elements from submitting subsequent queries to the ENUM system. Additional embodiments are disclosed. | 10-30-2008 |
| 20080267076 | SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR MAINTAINING A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system and apparatus for maintaining a communication system is disclosed. An apparatus that incorporates teachings of the present disclosure may include, for example, a computer-readable storage medium in a maintenance server of a communication system, comprising computer instructions for monitoring for installed components in interconnected Digital Subscriber Line (DSL) networks of the communication system based at least in part on provisioning records for each of the interconnected DSL networks, filtering telemetry and maintenance data associated with the installed components in the interconnected DSL networks according to criteria comprising actual criteria and predictive criteria, monitoring for a fault in the installed components based at least in part on the telemetry and maintenance data associated with the actual criteria, and predicting a potential fault in the installed components based at least in part on the telemetry and maintenance data associated with the predictive criteria. Additional embodiments are disclosed. | 10-30-2008 |
| 20080273468 | Providing Neighbor Cell Transmission Information in a Long-Term Evolution Single Frequency Network - A system for providing control channel information is provided. The system comprises a processor programmed to promote transmission of a multicast control channel (MCCH). The MCCH includes information related to a service notifying user equipment when transmission on a resource is blocked by one or more cells within a plurality of cells. The MCCH further includes information notifying user equipment when the service is transmitted at less than full power by one or more of the cells of the plurality of cells. | 11-06-2008 |
| 20080273469 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING BIASING CRITERIA FOR BINARY DECISIONS FOR USE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS TO ENHANCE PROTECTION - A criterion for biasing a binary decision requiring an unequal protection which utilizes a measured signal to interference ratio (SIR). The SIR may be derived from a determination of channel estimation. The SIR is compared against a threshold, the threshold being selected to bias the decision toward a not acknowledge (NACK) as opposed to an acknowledge (ACK) determination. The technique is advantageous for providing biased binary decisions for high speed downlink packets (HSDP) but may be utilized for both uplink and downlink applications. | 11-06-2008 |
| 20080279109 | FAST ERROR DETECTION SYSTEM AND RELATED METHODS - A system apparatus and method generates a communications signal having an error detection mechanism. A circuit generates a data packet. An encoder multiplies and accumulates data words with values in a distance table containing non-repeated n-bit multipliers having “m” number of one bits that are set to obtain accumulated sum bits and appends the accumulated sum bits to the data packet as an error detection code to form a communications signal to be transmitted. | 11-13-2008 |
| 20080285467 | Apparatus, System and Method for Calibrating and Verifying a Wireless Communication Device - An apparatus for testing a wireless communication device includes a receiver, a capture module, and a control module. The receiver receives at least one test packet transmitted from the wireless communication device. The capture module captures at least a portion of the at least one test packet. The control module selectively controls the capture module to capture at least the portion based on a predetermined test flow. In one example, the at least one test packet is transmitted by the wireless communication device according to the predetermined test flow. In one example, control module selectively controls the capture module to capture at least the portion based on an expected calibration value associated with the at least one test packet. In one example, the control module selectively controls the capture module to capture at least the portion based on a predetermined value of interest. | 11-20-2008 |
| 20080285468 | Method and computer-readable medium for detecting abnormal packet in VoIP - In a session initiation protocol (SIP) corresponding to one of protocols for the voice over Internet protocol (VoIP), an exception detection module acquires a packet for session establishment. If each of fields of the header of the packet is out of a defined character length and includes at least one prohibited character, the exception detection module discards the packet. | 11-20-2008 |
| 20080291838 | Power save protocol interoperability detection - The present invention provides a method and apparatus featuring performing detection functionality to determine if a wirelessly connected node, point or terminal in a wireless network configured to operate according a predefined power saving scheme operates incorrectly; and adjusting the predefined power saving scheme when wirelessly connected with the particular node, point or terminal if an incorrect power saving operation is detected. The detection functionality may include probing types of power saving protocol tests and using lower and higher-layer protocol information to detect if the mobile device might be missing some data. The adjusting may include: 1) disabling the predefined power saving scheme, or 2) switching entering into the predefined power savings scheme only after a predefined inactivity period, wherein the predefined inactivity is substantially longer than in “normal” operation. | 11-27-2008 |
| 20080298255 | Communication terminal - According to an aspect of the invention, there is provided a communication terminal including: an interrupt factor detecting unit configured to detect an interrupt factor causing data transmission interrupt if data transmission is performed with an external terminal; and a transmission unit configured to transmit a response added with an error code corresponding to the interrupt factor to the external terminal in response to a request transmitted from the external terminal if the interrupt factor detecting unit detects the interrupt factor during data transmission between the external terminal serving as a client and the communication terminal serving as a server. | 12-04-2008 |
| 20080298256 | Distributed System - There is known a method for identifying faults in a distributed system, in which multiple nodes mutually monitor one another and identify faults using two different fault identification conditions and majority voting in order to share information and achieve high reliability fault identification. However, in such configuration, abnormality occurrences are counted irrespective of the abnormality types, and as a result the application cannot grasp accurate and detailed fault situations, and therefore cannot handle faults depending on the fault type. | 12-04-2008 |
| 20080298257 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING A ROUTER THAT IMPROPERLY RESPONDS TO ARP REQUESTS - One embodiment of the present invention provides a system that detects a non-compliant router that incorrectly responds to all address-resolution-protocol (ARP) requests, including ARP requests and ARP probes for link-local IP addresses. This is accomplished by sending an ARP request asking for an Ethernet address associated with a link-local IP address, wherein the link-local IP address is a reserved link-local IP address, which should not be assigned to any device. If a response is received to the ARP request, the system determines that the response was sent by a non-compliant router that incorrectly responds to all ARP requests, including ARP requests for link-local IP addresses. | 12-04-2008 |
| 20080304417 | METHOD, NETWORK APPARATUS, AND TANGIBLE MACHINE-READABLE MEDIUM THEREOF FOR DETECTING A LOOPING NETWORK PACKET - A method, a network apparatus, and a tangible machine-medium thereof for detecting a looping network packet are provided. A receiving module receives a network packet. A memory stores a routing table comprising an address related variable, a sequence number related variable and a radius related variable. A determining module determines whether the network packet is a looping network packet by comparing the parameters of the routing table with those of the network packet. With these arrangements, the routing loop caused by transmission of the network packets can be detected using current network structures. | 12-11-2008 |
| 20080304418 | MAINTENANCE SYSTEM FOR A SET OF EQUIPMENT - The invention relates to a maintenance system for a set of equipment of an aircraft, forming a physical network ( | 12-11-2008 |
| 20080310314 | Method for Detecting a Message Interface Fault in a Communication Device - In one aspect, a method for detecting the fault of a message interface in a communications device is provided, wherein the message interface comprises at least two layers which communicate with each other, a top layer accesses to the services of the lower layer and offers the services thereof to upper layers, for detecting a fault in the layers, at least one test application sends at least one test message for testing the information state of at least certain individual layers, thereby making it possible to control the information capabilities between the layers of the message interface. | 12-18-2008 |
| 20080316930 | Robust Cable Connectivity Test Receiver For High-Speed Data Receiver - A system is provided for detecting a fault in a signal transmission path. In one embodiment, the system can include a variable amplitude signal attenuator which is operable to modify an input signal by variably attenuating a signal voltage swing of the input signal. Desirably, the input signal is attenuated only when transitioning from a high signal voltage level towards a low signal voltage level d variably, such that a larger high-to-low signal voltage swing is attenuated more than a smaller high-to-low signal voltage swing. Desirably, a comparator, which may apply hysteresis to the output signals, may detect a crossing of a reference voltage level by the modified input signal. In this way, when the comparator does not detect an expected crossing of the reference voltage level by the modified input signal, a determination can be made that a fault exists in the signal transmission path. | 12-25-2008 |
| 20090003222 | PACKET COMMUNICATION QUALITY MEASURING APPARATUS, PROGRAM, AND METHOD - A packet communication quality measuring apparatus for capturing packets flowing in a packet communication network while recording capture times to measure communication quality based on the captured packets includes a detection part for detecting that a buffer in which the captured packets are stored is full and a determination part for determining a possibility of a capture failure occurring when fullness of the buffer is detected. | 01-01-2009 |
| 20090022058 | Method and System for Detecting and Reporting Faults of Data Transmission Equipment - A method and a system for detecting and reporting faults of data transmission equipment. The method includes: detecting the fault causes of the local data transmission equipment, sending the detected fault causes and important state information of the local data transmission equipment to the peer data transmission equipment, and identifying the received fault causes and important state information and reporting them to the NMS. | 01-22-2009 |
| 20090028054 | Detecting and Isolating Domain Specific Faults - A method for detecting and isolating domain specific faults includes comparing a first media quality report for a communication from a first node with a second media quality report for the communication from a second node. The first node comprises an ingress node of a first domain for the communication and the second node comprises an egress node of the first domain for the communication. The method also includes determining that the difference between at least one aspect of the first media quality report and at least one corresponding aspect of the second media quality report exceeds a first threshold. The method further includes, upon determining that the difference exceeds the first threshold, determining a first path between the first node and the second node used by the communication. The method additionally includes isolating at least one source causing the difference between the first media quality report and the second media quality report. | 01-29-2009 |
| 20090028055 | CORRELATION-BASED LOCALIZATION OF PROBLEMS IN A VOIP SYSTEM - Diagnostics data is accessed from VoIP-aware devices in an IP network. The diagnostics data indicates problems that cause degradation in VoIP voice quality. Correlations of a diagnosed problem are identified, and the correlations are used to localize a cause of the diagnosed problem. | 01-29-2009 |
| 20090028056 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PREDICTING A FAULT IN A REAL-TIME TRANSPORT PROTOCOL PACKET STREAM - A system that incorporates teachings of the present disclosure may include, for example, a monitoring system having a controller element to predict a fault in a video stream of real-time transport protocol (RTP) packets according to gaps in sequence numbers of said RTP packets. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 01-29-2009 |
| 20090028057 | NETWORK DELAY MEASUREMENT METHOD AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A measurement method and communication system include a writing of a creation time upon a detection packet used for detecting a communication state of a network being created into the detection packet. The method includes obtaining a send time when the detection packet was sent and sending, to a receiving apparatus which receives the detection packet, as a notification, information regarding a time period from when the detection packet was created to when the detection packet was sent. The method includes measuring, in the receiving apparatus, a delay occurring in the network based on the detection packet and the information sent as the notification. | 01-29-2009 |
| 20090034421 | Diagnosis apparatus - A method and diagnosis apparatus are provided. A velocity measuring section measures a bit length of communication carried out between nodes based upon a communication signal inputted from a communication bus. The measured bit length is input to a control section, which sets a bit length based upon input from the velocity measuring section and arranges the communication section to decode the communication signal. The communication section specifies a frame reception time and a frame ID as an identification code of a time slot in which a frame is transmitted. Each time the frame is received after setting the bit length, the control section records information of the frame reception time and the frame ID inputted from the communication section in a log file. The control section determines whether the frame is transmitted in a constant period from each time slot based upon the content of the log file. | 02-05-2009 |
| 20090040933 | AUTOMATICLLY ACTIVATED QUALITY MEASUREMENT - According to one aspect of the invention, determination of data that allows conclusions to be drawn about the cause of a disturbance is activated. The cause of the disturbance is then determined by a diagnostic application that takes the data into account. Data determination is automatically deactivated by taking into account a configurable time limit or after a fixed period of time. Activation of data determination is chronologically closely linked to the occurrence of the disturbance such that particularly meaningful data is determined for determining the cause. | 02-12-2009 |
| 20090040934 | Distributed System - Mutual node-fault monitoring keeps the values of abnormality counters, which keep track of error occurrences, consistent among all nodes. However, in some cases, the counter values may become inconsistent among the nodes depending on the error situation. | 02-12-2009 |
| 20090040935 | Evaluation apparatus of hub unit and evaluating method of hub unit - In an evaluation apparatus of a hub unit, a signal processing unit outputs frequency analysis signals which indicate such a result obtained by that an output signal of an acceleration sensor fixed on a hub unit by a magnet is processed via an A/D converting unit and an envelope detecting unit, and thereafter, the processed sensor signal is analyzed for a frequency analysis by an FFT unit. Then, an evaluation output unit evaluates damage conditions of the hub unit based upon signal strengths of specific frequencies, and overall values, which are acquired from the frequency analysis signals, and then, outputs the evaluated damage condition to a display unit. | 02-12-2009 |
| 20090052329 | EVENT PROBLEM REPORT BUNDLES IN XML FORMAT - A network device may include logic configured to detect that an event has occurred in the network device, determine an XML document structure based on the detected event, and generate an XML document with the determined structure including information relating to the detected event. | 02-26-2009 |
| 20090052330 | ANOMALY DETECTION METHOD AND SYSTEM AND MAINTENANCE METHOD AND SYSTEM - A network management apparatus in a mobile communication network holds a communication quality index in a normal operation and periodically receives input of a communication quality measurement result from a radio base station control apparatus. When a connection failure count f with respect to a connection request count a of each radio cell is obtained as a measurement result, letting p | 02-26-2009 |
| 20090052331 | DEVICE, METHOD, AND PROGRAM FOR ESTIMATING QUALITY-DEGRADED LOCATION OF COMMUNICATION NETWORK, AND COMMUNICATION NETWORK SYSTEM - Estimation is carried out with high accuracy based on flow quality information in a situation where, although a set of links that may have a flow passing through is known, which of such links the flow passed through cannot be identified, such as multi-paths routing, load distribution routing, and the like. A device for estimating a quality-degraded location includes a flow quality information collecting section that collects communication quality of a flow of a network, a routing information collecting section that collects routing information of the network, a determining section for determining a quality-degraded flow and a quality-non-degraded flow based on the flow quality information to determine a link through which the flow passes from the routing information of the network, a non-degraded link elimination section that eliminates a link not configuring multi-paths as a non-degraded link without eliminating a link configuring multi-paths as a non-degraded link, for a link on a path of the flow, with respect to the quality-non-degraded flow, and a degraded link determining section for determining a degraded link from links not eliminated as the non-degraded links. | 02-26-2009 |
| 20090052332 | DEVICE, SYSTEM, METHOD AND PROGRAM FOR COLLECTING NETWORK FAULT INFORMATION - A network fault information collecting device arranged in a packet network includes a quality degradation detecting unit which monitors packets to be regularly transmitted and received in the packet network, and detects quality degradation of the packets. The device includes a node search unit which searches for nodes on a path between transmission and reception terminals for the packet, upon detection of the quality degradation of the packets in the quality degradation detecting unit. The device includes an information collecting unit which issues an information collecting packet for each terminal searched by the node search unit, and collects and records terminal information. | 02-26-2009 |
| 20090052333 | TRAFFIC INDEPENDENT SURVIVABILITY ANALYSIS - First-order effects of hypothesized fault conditions are determined by propagating discrete test packets between select nodes and noting the change of path, if any, taken by the test packet under each condition relative to the fault-free path. Tools are provided to create classes of node pairs of interest, and test packets are created only for select classes. The network is analyzed to identify fault conditions that are likely to impact system performance, and only these fault conditions are simulated. By providing a methodology for selecting classes of node pairs to test, and prioritizing the faults to simulate, a first-order survivability analysis of large networks can be performed efficiently and effectively. The efficiency of this technique is also enhanced by providing test packets that are representative of a wide range of possible source-destination combinations, and by evaluating only the source-destination combinations that may be directly affected by each fault condition. | 02-26-2009 |
| 20090052334 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETECTING A FAULTY OBJECT IN A SYSTEM - A method (and system) for detecting at least one faulty object in a system including a plurality of objects in communication with each other in an n-dimensional architecture, includes probing a first plane of objects in the n-dimensional architecture and probing at least one other plane of objects in the n-dimensional architecture which would result in identifying a faulty object in the system. | 02-26-2009 |
| 20090052335 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GRAPHICALLY DISPLAYING CALL SIGNALING FLOWS IN A NETWORK - A method and system for graphically displaying call signaling flows for a communications network is described. In one example, a call flow alarm indicating an improper call signaling flow for a call is received. A respective projected call signaling flow associated with the call is then obtained. Lastly, the improper call signaling flow and the respective projected call signaling flow are graphically displayed. | 02-26-2009 |
| 20090059801 | Managing storage of HARQ packets - Methods of managing storage of HARQ packets are disclosed. One method includes a wireless device receiving variable length HARQ packets. The wireless device performing an error check on each received variable length HARQ packet, and storing within HARQ memory the HARQ packets that fail the error check. Each failed HARQ packet is stored in the HARQ memory by dividing the HARQ packet into HARQ sub-packets, and storing each HARQ sub-packet. The storage locations and storage order of each of the HARQ sub-packets are recorded for future retrieval. | 03-05-2009 |
| 20090059802 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DIAGNOSING INTERWORKING FAULT OF X DIGITAL SUBSCRIBER LINE TRANSCEIVERS - A device, system and method for diagnosing an interworking fault of x Digital Subscriber Line (xDSL) transceivers are disclosed. The xDSL transceivers in the system include an xTU-C and an xTU-R. The system further includes: a message collection module adapted to collect and save the interaction messages transmitted between the xTU-C and the xTU-R during the activation of an xDSL line; and a fault analysis module adapted to analyze the collected interaction messages to obtain the first diagnosis conclusion with respect to the interworking fault. | 03-05-2009 |
| 20090086642 | High availability path audit - In one embodiment, an apparatus identifies two or more network devices in a path between a first endpoint and a second endpoint. The apparatus obtains a measurement of one or more metrics pertaining to functionality of the two or more network devices in the path between the first endpoint and the second endpoint. The apparatus may process the one or more metrics pertaining to the functionality of the two or more network devices to generate a report pertaining to the path between the first endpoint and the second endpoint. | 04-02-2009 |
| 20090092054 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING NOTIFICATIONS OF A FAILING NODE TO OTHER NODES WITHIN A COMPUTER NETWORK - A method for providing failure notifications to dependent nodes within a computer network is disclosed. A first node monitors data traffic within a computer network. If the data traffic includes data exchanged between the first node and a second node, the first node adds the second node to a list of interested nodes stored within the first node. If the first node experiences an error, the first node generates an error notification packet that includes a hop limit value that corresponds to a pre-defined level of nodes within the computer network that the error notification packet may propagate. The first node sends the error notification packet with the hop limit value to the second node and other nodes within the list of interested nodes. After receiving the error notification packet, the second node decrements the hop limit, performs one or more actions, and if the hop limit value is greater than zero, the second node also forwards the error notification packet to each node within its list of interested nodes. | 04-09-2009 |
| 20090109858 | Communication Quality Determining Apparatus, Communication Quality Determining Method and Its Program - A communication quality determining apparatus for receiving or intercepting data sent from a transmission side to a reception side en route of its transmission, and determining its communication quality. The apparatus includes a deciding unit for making a decision on whether an input packet is to be acquired. The apparatus also includes an estimating unit for, by comparing information on an acquired packet predicted based on an acquired packet acquired based on a result of the decision with information on an actually acquired packet, estimating communication quality of a session that the acquired packet belongs to. | 04-30-2009 |
| 20090109859 | Method and System for Detecting a Fault Condition Based on Failed IGMP Join Attempts - A fault condition is detected based on determining that a number of failed Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) join attempts from at least one end device is greater than or equal to a threshold. | 04-30-2009 |
| 20090109860 | Method and System for Identifying Faults In Communication Networks - In order to locate malfunction in a communication network, the elements therein are configured for generating alarm and to propagate a malfunction signalling to at least one other element in said set. Those elements in the network to which the malfunction signalling was propagated, are excluded, preferably by way of self-exclusion, from the action of locating malfunction. Preferably the arrangement is implemented in the form of a distributed agent-based architecture, wherein each element has an associated agent for categorizing the alarm information in its possession, e.g., as related to internal malfunction, contiguous malfunction, and external malfunction. The categorized alarm information is collected, preferably via direct exchange between the associated agents, for all the elements having alarmed resources physically or logically connected with each other. On the basis of the categorized alarm information collected, at least one element responsible for malfunction is elected out of those elements in possession of alarm information categorized as related to internal malfunction or contiguous malfunction, while discarding those elements in possession only of alarm information categorized as related to external malfunction. | 04-30-2009 |
| 20090109861 | Scalable Connectivity Fault Management In A Bridged/Virtual Private Lan Service Environment - A method and apparatus that proxies connectivity check messages and sends fault state changes messages across an MPLS/VPLS network is described. A network element proxies connectivity check messages for remote maintenance endpoints based on a local database. The network element updates the database based on received fault state change message that identify a fault state change of a remote maintenance endpoint. The network element detects fault state changes of local maintenance endpoints and sends a fault state change message to other network elements that proxy connectivity check message for the local maintenance endpoints. | 04-30-2009 |
| 20090109862 | Method for Reducing Fault Detection Time in a Telecommunication Network - A method for reducing fault detection time in a network includes routers configured to exchange messages via at least one switch to check mutual reachability, each message including a list of routers reachable from the sending router. The method includes snooping, by the switch, a message from a router to extract the list of routers reachable from the router; and, when a network fault occurs that prevents the router from being reachable via the switch, sending, by the switch and to all the other routers connected to the switch, a network fault message including an empty list of routers, so that the receiving routers, not seeing their own identifier in the list, declare the adjacency with the sending router closed, and proceed to reroute traffic on a new route. | 04-30-2009 |
| 20090129279 | Method of Notifying a Transmission Defect of an Audio Signal - A method of notifying on a downstream link ( | 05-21-2009 |
| 20090141640 | PORT FAILURE COMMUNICATION IN CROSS-CONNECT APPLICATIONS - Systems and methods for communicating faults across a communications network cross-connect are provided. In one embodiment, a method for communicating an alarm condition in a cross-connected network is provided. The method comprises providing a cross-connect having a first side and a second side, wherein the first side includes a plurality of interface ports and the second side includes an interface port; detecting a fault on a first interface port of the first side; and when a fault is detected on the first interface port of the first side, transmitting a signal on the interface port of the second side, the signal having a pre-defined alarm data pattern inserted into one or more time slots associated with the first interface port of the first side. | 06-04-2009 |
| 20090141641 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION FAULT DETECTION METHOD - The communication device has a frame transfer unit that executes frame transfer via the first communication link and the second communication link, a link confirmation frame sending unit, and a return link confirmation frame monitoring unit. The link confirmation frame sending unit causes the frame transfer processing unit to send a link confirmation frame for use in confirming a normal link status via the first communication link from the communication device to the counterpart communication device. The return link confirmation frame monitoring unit performs fault detection of the first and second communication links by monitoring a return link confirmation frame which is to be returned from the counterpart communication device to the communication device via the second communication link when the counterpart communication device receives the link confirmation frame via the first communication link. | 06-04-2009 |
| 20090141642 | SYSTEM, APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DEVICES TRACING - A system for devices tracing includes multiple devices that are connected in a network, a configuration management module, and a tracing management module. The configuration management module is adapted to store and maintain tracing configuration information. The tracing management module is adapted to obtain the tracing configuration information, determine different devices involved in the tracing task, send tracing control commands to each of the different devices, receive the tracing messages from the each of the different devices, and perform cross-NE tracing. A method for devices tracing includes: receiving tracing task information, and determining different devices involved in a tracing task according to the tracing task information; sending a command for creating a tracing task to each of the different devices; receiving tracing messages reported by the each of the different devices, and obtaining tracing results. Embodiments of the present invention may support tracing multiple devices concurrently and support cross-NE tracing, thus achieving unified tracing. | 06-04-2009 |
| 20090141643 | IDENTIFICATION OF THE CONFIGURATION TOPOLOGY, EXISTING SWITCHES, AND MISWIRES IN A SWITCHED NETWORK - An exemplary method of identifying configuration topology, existing switches, and miswires in a given network is provided. Given a number of switches, which may be less than the maximum possible for the actual configuration and some ports of which may be miswired, generate a hypothesis for the supported topology of which the existing configuration is a subset. A best fit of the existing switches to the supported number switches of the maximal topology is performed, using formulae for the connections of the maximal supported topology. If supported switches are found missing in the assumed topology, the switch count is increased accordingly, and started over with a new hypothesis. When satisfied with identification, all switch ports are revisited and the connection formulae is used to identify all miswires. | 06-04-2009 |
| 20090147687 | Change Collision Calculation System And Method - A method of performing a change collision calculation and corresponding system are described. The method comprises: determining a collision information change based on receipt of a change request. For each determined collision information change, the method comprises determining a cause of a collision based on the collision information and the change request, and determining a severity of the collision. The method also comprises ordering the collision information based on the severity, and storing the ordered collision information to a memory. | 06-11-2009 |
| 20090147688 | RADIO COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE, RADIO COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - It is possible to provide a radio communication terminal device, a radio communication base station device, and a radio communication method capable of improving the resource use efficiency and the throughput in synchronous random access. A resource control unit ( | 06-11-2009 |
| 20090161556 | Methods and Apparatus for Fault Identification in Border Gateway Protocol Networks - Systems and techniques for fault analysis in a data communication system. A fault analysis console in a provider network serving one or more customer networks responds to a reported loss of connectivity in the customer network by analyzing traffic statistics for a router serving the customer network. If traffic statistics indicate network functionality, border gateway protocol status is evaluated for logical channels being served by the router. Test communications are performed for customer edge router addresses for the logical channels and border gateway protocol status is evaluated for each customer edge router address. Test communications are then performed from a local provider edge router to each remote customer edge router being served. | 06-25-2009 |
| 20090161557 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PERFORMING NETWORK DIAGNOSTICS UTILIZING A SECONDARY COMMUNICATIONS MEDIUM - A method, comprising detecting a problem associated with a network communications link of a primary communications medium, performing one or more actions on a first network element communicatively coupled to the network communications link in response to detection of the problem, and transmitting data associated with the problem from the first network element to a second network element utilizing a secondary communications medium. | 06-25-2009 |
| 20090161558 | ROUTING LOOP DETECTION CONTROL APPARATUS - There is disclosed a technique which can detect a packet routing loop (in particular, a nesting loop formed by MRs (mobile routers). According to this technique, an MR | 06-25-2009 |
| 20090161559 | ERROR IDENTIFICATION IN A COMPUTER-BASED NETWORK - A method for identifying possible error causes in a network having a plurality of computer-based nodes is provided. The method comprises proceeding from a control node, the execution of a test module in each case running locally on all or on selected nodes that are to be tested is triggered for the purpose of identifying possible error causes on the respective node; testing of a network connection between all or selected nodes that are to be tested for the purpose of identifying possible error causes; and recording of a result including one error cause, provided such a cause can be identified. | 06-25-2009 |
| 20090161560 | NODE, METHOD AND SYSTEM OF FAULT LOCALIZATION IN MULTICAST MPLS NETWORKS - A multicast MPLS networks node in network communication field and a method and a system for fault localization are provided. The method includes a step that a leaf node judges the connectivity of a multicast path; a root node generates a fault localization message to perform fault localization for a fault branch after learning the branch where the fault is located in accordance with the judgment result of the leaf node. An embodiment of the present invention further provides a fault localization system for Multicast MPLS networks, which includes a connectivity checking module, a root node learning module, a node reply module and a fault localization module. The technical solution in the embodiment of the present invention restrains unnecessary message, reduces redundant information, and improves network efficiency by carrying the information of the fault branch in the fault localization message to perform fault localization only for the fault branch. | 06-25-2009 |
| 20090175175 | RADIO LINK CONTROL RESET USING RADIO RESOURCE CONTROL SIGNALING - A method and apparatus are disclosed wherein a reset procedure for a RLC is implemented by RRC signaling. Triggers for the initiation and execution of the disclosed reset method are also disclosed. | 07-09-2009 |
| 20090190480 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING RADIO LINK CONTROL PROTOCOL ERRORS AND TRIGGERING RADIO LINK CONTROL RE-ESTABLISHMENT - Methods and apparatus for detecting errors or events in a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) and/or a base station comprising a radio resource control (RRC) layer, a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer, a radio link control (RLC) layer, a medium access control (MAC) layer, and a physical (PHY) layer are disclosed. In addition, the RRC layer may initiate an RLC re-establishment procedure upon detecting an error, or upon receiving an indication of an error or an event detected by any one of the RRC, PDCP, RLC, MAC and PHY layers. | 07-30-2009 |
| 20090196187 | SYSTEM FOR REMOTE SUPERVISION AND DIAGNOSIS USING MOBILE PROGRAM - A system for performing remote supervision and diagnosis, having a plurality of local terminals for performing supervision and diagnosis on an object, by executing a mobile program transmitted from a central system. When a disaster occurs and the network is cut, inevitably disconnecting the local terminals from the central system, one of the local terminals is set as a representative local terminal. The representative local terminal collects from the local terminals the maintenance information required for supervising and diagnosing the object. | 08-06-2009 |
| 20090196188 | FRAME COUNTER CORRECTION APPARATUS, OPPOSING APPARATUS, AND FRAME COUNTER CORRECTION METHOD - A frame counter correction apparatus connected to an Ethernet network, including transmission counter for counting a number of frames to be transmitted; inspection frame generator for generating an inspection frame for measuring a frame loss; and transmission counter correction unit for calculating a difference between a counter value of the transmission counter at a time of generation of the inspection frame and the counter value of the transmission counter at a time of transmission of the inspection frame, and adding a calculated difference value and information for specifying the inspection frame as a correction target to another inspection frame. | 08-06-2009 |
| 20090201820 | METHOD FOR PREDICTING A FAULT IN A SECURITY SYSTEM - A method for predicting a fault in a wireless communication path between at least one transmitter and a receiver. The method comprises detecting an initial value of a characteristic of a reception signal or an initial value of a characteristic of a wireless communication path, calculating a running average of the same characteristic for preset period of time, comparing the initial value with the calculated running average; and displaying an indication based upon an analysis of the comparing. The indication is transmitted to a remote site for response. The characteristic can be signal strength, noise and a S/N ratio. | 08-13-2009 |
| 20090207741 | Network Subscriber Baseline Analyzer and Generator - The current application comprises four major processors for determining network abnormalities. The major difference between the current invention and all other existing systems that are being used by the network operators is that the current invention detects abnormalities by comparing with a baseline statistical model. This baseline model represents typical network traffic characteristics. When a traffic characteristic exceeds or falls outside of the baseline model, an abnormality is identified. | 08-20-2009 |
| 20090219821 | SWITCH APPARATUS AND NETWORK SYSTEM - A switch apparatus providing with a loop detection function sets a port identification to a port which activates the loop detection function, only receives the loop detection frame by a high-order port in the switch apparatus connected with a backbone network or a high-order switch apparatus on the basis of the port identification set previously, and controls an inactivation of a sending source low-order port that sent the loop detection frame, when the loop detection frame is received by the high-order port. | 09-03-2009 |
| 20090232007 | METHOD FOR DETECTING VIDEO TILING - A method for detecting errors on an audio/video (A/V) data stream in a data service network includes providing multicast components operably coupled to each other via respective links for transmitting the A/V data stream to a user and for defining at least one multicast tree. The method further includes generating a state information signal indicative of a number of errors on the A/V data stream for at least one of the links and at least one of the plurality of multicast components. The method further includes determining the cumulative number of errors on the A/V data stream that are indicative of the number of errors for the at least one of the links and the at least one of the plurality of multicast components in the multicast tree in response to the state information signal. | 09-17-2009 |
| 20090238083 | LINE MONITORING APPARATUS AND LINE MONITORING METHOD - A line monitoring apparatus includes a state change detection number counter configured to count a state change detection number that is a number of a state change in a line being detected by a first type detecting process; and a state change frequency determiner configured to determine whether or not the state change detection number counted per a predetermined unit time exceeds a predetermined threshold value, wherein when the state change detection number counted per the unit time exceeds the threshold value, the detecting process of detecting a state change in the line is changed from the first type detecting process to a second type detecting process. | 09-24-2009 |
| 20090245115 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PORVIDING HOLISTIC, INTERATIVE, RULE-BASED TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT - An approach is provided for monitoring traffic over a network link that is used to provide one or more services to one or more customers. A determination is made regarding whether a failure mode of the network link has occurred by comparing the monitored traffic to predetermined bandwidth criteria. A corrective action to be taken in response to the failure mode is selected, where selection of the corrective action to be taken is determined based on the failure mode. Further corrective actions selected iteratively from a predetermined list of successive actions are applied until the failure modes are addressed. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090245116 | METHOD FOR MOBILE NETWORK OPERATIONAL STATE INDICATION - A method to indicate a transitional operational state of a communication link is provided. The method includes indicating the operational state of the communication link is operable, transmitting data between a communication management unit and an endpoint via the communication link, and determining if the transmitted data is received at the endpoint. The method also comprises continuing to indicate the operational state of the communication link is operable when the transmitted data is received at the endpoint and determining if a transport layer has timed out when the transmitted data is not received at the endpoint within a pre-selected time. The method also comprises indicating the operational state of the communication link is transitional when the transport layer has not timed out and the transmitted data is not received at the endpoint within the pre-selected time. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090245117 | DETECTION OF NETWORK IMPAIRMENTS THROUGH TILT-NORMALIZED MEASUREMENT DATA - A method and apparatus are provided for detecting network impairments through tilt-normalized measurement data, the method including: collecting data for a network signal; computing a best-fit tilt for the collected data; performing tilt-normalization of the collected data responsive to the computed best-fit tilt; and determining whether the tilt-normalized data crosses a threshold, and if so, pattern matching the tilt-normalized data to detect a network impairment; and the apparatus including: an input unit for collecting data from a network signal; a tilt unit connected to the input unit for computing a best-fit tilt for the collected data and performing tilt-normalization of the collected data responsive to the computed best-fit tilt; and a pattern matching unit connected to the tilt unit for determining whether the tilt-normalized data crosses a threshold, and if so, pattern matching the tilt-normalized data to detect at least one network impairment. | 10-01-2009 |
| 20090262649 | BUS GUARDIAN WITH IMPROVED CHANNEL MONITORING - A device and method for detection of timing errors or failures of a communication controller ( | 10-22-2009 |
| 20090262650 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING STATISTICAL EVENT CORRELATION IN A NETWORK - A method and apparatus for providing event correlation in a network are disclosed. For example, the method extracts a plurality of events of interest from a database, and creates one or more event time series from the plurality of events of interest, wherein each of the one or more event time series comprises a set of events of a same type and of a same location that occur within a given time period. The method forms one or more composite events from the one or more event time series, and performs one or more pair-wise correlations for at least one of: the event time-series, or the one or more composite events. The method then identifies one or more pair-wise correlations that are statistically significant. | 10-22-2009 |
| 20090262651 | FAULT DETECTION METHOD, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND LABEL SWITCHING ROUTER - A fault detection method, a communication system, and an LSR are provided herein to overcome the inability of performing BFD packet resolution fault detection for multiple nodes in the conventional art. The method includes: determining a hop count between a first node and a second node on an LSP, where the second node is located downstream of the first node; encapsulating a BFD packet into an MPLS packet that carries information about the hop count between the first node and the second node; sending the MPLS packet from the first node along the active LSP; and judging, by the node that receives the MPLS packet, whether this node is the second node according to the hop count. If this node is the second node, extract the BFD packet for detect, and obtaining a fault detection result. Otherwise, forward the MPLS packet. Through the technical solution provided by the invention, the fault detection is more flexible in the MPLS. | 10-22-2009 |
| 20090274052 | AUTOMATIC OUTAGE ALERT SYSTEM - An outage notification system is provided which includes a first communication network, a second communication network, a plurality of first communication units communicatively coupled to the first communication network and the second communication network, a network monitoring unit communicatively coupled to the first communication network and configured to detect a failure in at least one of the plurality of first communication units or the first communication network, a plurality of second communication units communicatively coupled to the second communication network and associated with corresponding first communication units, and a message alert unit communicatively coupled to the first and second communication networks and configured to receive an alert notification from the network monitoring unit via the first communication network indicating a failure in at least one of the first communication units or the first communication network. | 11-05-2009 |
| 20090274053 | Methods, Devices and Computer Program Products For Capturing Events Associated Network Anomalies - Methods, devices and computer program products are provided for capturing information associated with a triggering event at a network-enabled device. A triggering event is detected at a first network-enabled device. A message is transmitted to at least one other network-enabled device responsive to the detected triggering event. The message includes an indication of a time period associated with the triggering event and a request that the at least one other network-enabled device mark information associated with the at least one other network-enabled device during the associated time period as having significance, such that this information is retained rather than discarded. | 11-05-2009 |
| 20090274054 | System and method for detecting a network loop - A system and methods of detecting a loop in a network having at least one access point with a first interface and a second interface, at least one switch with multiple ports, and at least one client with a first interface and a second interface, including: the access point first interface intermittently transmitting a loop check packet to the switch; the switch receiving the loop check packet at one of the ports and transmitting the loop check packet to the client through another one of the ports; the client first interface receiving the loop check packet; the client second interface retransmitting the loop check packet to the access point; and the access point second interface being configured to receive the retransmitted loop check packet. The access point detects a loop when the access point second interface receives the retransmitted loop check packet. Other embodiments eliminate the loops in various ways. | 11-05-2009 |
| 20090279440 | Techniques for processing incoming failure detection protocol packets - Techniques that assist in processing of failure detection protocol (FDP) packets. Techniques are provided that assist a CPU of a network device in processing incoming FDP packets. In one embodiment, only a subset of FDP packets received by the network device is forwarded to the CPU for processing, the other FDP packets are dropped and not forwarded to the CPU. In this manner, the amount of processing that a CPU of the network device has to perform for incoming FDP packets is reduced. This enables the network device to support newer FDPs with shorter periodic interval requirements. | 11-12-2009 |
| 20090279441 | Techniques for transmitting failure detection protocol packets - Techniques are provided for processing of failure detection protocol (FDP) packets. Techniques are provided that assist a CPU of a network device in processing incoming FDP packets. The task of transmitting FDP packets from a network device is offloaded from the CPU of the network device and instead handled by another module of the network device. In this manner, the processing that the CPU of the network device has to perform for transmitting FDP packets for the various FDP sessions of the network device is reduced. This enables the network device to support newer FDPs with shorter periodic interval requirements. | 11-12-2009 |
| 20090285106 | IPTV fault integration and fault location isolation - A problem of collecting data unnecessarily in an Internet Protocol Television (IPTV) network is, in part, caused by a centralized approach to data collection, whereby data is collected for logical channels, even if not currently streaming to an end node. A method or corresponding apparatus of fault detection according to an example embodiment of the present invention provides for detecting and reporting faults specific to a logical IPTV channel in an IPTV network for logical channels actively streaming to an end user device, such as in response to a “join” request. One or more nodes supporting a logical IPTV channel provide fault indicators, which may be reported to another node or end user. Node(s) in the IPTV network may aggregate and process multiple fault indicators from across a network, thereby enabling diagnosis of specific errors in the IPTV network. Through the use of the method or apparatus, network resources are conserved. | 11-19-2009 |
| 20090285107 | Method and Apparatus for Monitoring a Status of Nodes of a Communication Network - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for monitoring a status of nodes of a communication network. The method determines first node status data at a first node by diagnosing the own status of the first node and the status of at least one second node, sends the first node status data to at least one second node, receives second node status data from at least one second node, and determines node status evaluation data at the first node based on the determined first node status data and the received second node status data. Furthermore, improvements are proposed for the sake of efficiency and/or robustness of the method. | 11-19-2009 |
| 20090290496 | ROBUST DEFRAMING OF MAC LAYER PACKET FOR MEDIAFLO SYSTEMS - A technique for finding errors in the fragment headers of the fragments of service layer packets without depending on the erasure indicators of Medium Access Channel (MAC) layer packets of a wireless signal in a wireless communication system, wherein method comprises determining if length of the fragment header is between 121 and 127; determining if length of the fragment header is equal to 127, and if the fragment header is not the last fragment header in a service layer packet being formed; determining if summation of length of the fragment header for a value N is greater than 122 subtracted by number of fragments collected from a MAC layer packet including fragment header; and determining if fragment header is not the last fragment header in the service layer packet being formed, and if fragment header length is less than residual number of bytes in the MAC layer packet. | 11-26-2009 |
| 20090290497 | MULTI-ROUTER IGP FATE SHARING - A method for routing communication traffic in a network includes detecting that a link in a parallel link configuration has failed and in response to detecting that the link in the parallel link configuration has failed, adjusting one or more metrics associated with other links in the parallel link configuration to indicate that none of the links in the parallel configuration are available. A router connected to a direct link in a parallel link configuration including one or more other routers connected to one or more indirect links, respectively, includes a memory storing configuration parameters specifying a minimum number of links required to be operational in the parallel link configuration and an artificially high cost, and a link metric adjustment module operable to set a metric of the direct link to the artificially high cost until the minimum number of required links are operational after startup of the router or failure and reactivation of the direct link. | 11-26-2009 |
| 20090290498 | AUTOMATIC PROBLEM ISOLATION FOR MULTI-LAYER NETWORK FAILURES - A method and apparatus includes automatically correlating indicators already generated by network components to detect and isolate failures that are caused by or related to network components operating on different layers of the open system interconnect (OSI) model. Failure indicators that persist for longer than a specified time window are automatically detected and correlated with one another based on a topology table. The method uses indicators already generated by the network components, obviating the need for software that typically resides on and consumes valuable processing time of network components. | 11-26-2009 |
| 20090296587 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PACKET ERROR DETECTION - The invention provides a packet error detecting method for a serial link. When a start framing symbol of a packet appears at the serial link, the start framing symbol is ignore if a predetermined error condition is satisfied. | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090296588 | NETWORK VERIFICATION SYSTEM - A network verification system verifies a network to which a relay apparatus relays a packet. A test management apparatus includes a condition acquiring unit to acquire verification conditions which contain an unused network address as a test target and a registering unit to register, in an address resolution table of the relay apparatus, an entry in which the unused network address contained in the acquired verification conditions is associated with a physical address of the testing apparatus. A testing apparatus includes a test packet transmitting unit to transmit, when instructed by the test management apparatus, the plurality of test packets to form a plurality of connections based on the verification conditions, a test packet receiving unit to receive the plurality of test packets and a measuring unit to measure communication qualities with respect to the respective connections of the plurality of test packets. | 12-03-2009 |
| 20090303884 | MONITORING SYSTEM, MONITORING DEVICE, MONITORED DEVICE, AND MONITORING METHOD - A monitored device in a monitoring system sends a notification indicating device ID of a real computer and a real-MAC address thereof in advance to a monitoring device. The monitored device determines the real-MAC address corresponding to the computer in advance on the basis of the real-MAC address and an IP address of the computer and, when a failure occurs in any of the computers, also sends a notification indicating failure information including the virtual-MAC address and the IP address to the monitoring device. The monitoring device in the monitoring system obtains the real-MAC address on the basis of the IP address and the virtual-MAC address in the failure information, groups the failure information on the basis of the obtained real-MAC address, correlates the grouped failure information with the device ID, and outputs the correlated ID. | 12-10-2009 |
| 20090303885 | TESTING METHOD OF AN IC CARD INCLUDING A ZIGBEE DEVICE - A method for testing a ZigBee device included in an IC Card includes associating a predetermined Personal Area Network (PAN) Identifier to the ZigBee device, and providing a test device, for initializing a ZigBee network. The method may include connecting the ZigBee device to the ZigBee network and transmitting the corresponding PAN Identifier to the test device. The method may include returning a fault message, indicative of a failure of connecting and transmitting, if the test device does not receive the PAN Identifier. The predetermined PAN Identifier may be stored in a memory portion of the test device and include, in the fault message, the PAN Identifier if the test device does not receive the PAN Identifier, in order to identify the ZigBee device as a defective device. | 12-10-2009 |
| 20090316586 | Method for detecting failures of random access procedures - A method of performing a random access channel (RACH) procedure between a mobile terminal and a network includes the steps of detecting whether a random access response (RAR) is received from the network within a certain time period, the RAR including information about a random access channel (RACH) preamble transmitted to the network; and if the RAR is not received within the certain time period or if the information about the transmitted RACH preamble included in the RAR does not match the transmitted RACH preamble, performing a first procedure to detect failures in the RACH procedure; and if the RAR is received within the certain time period and if the information about the transmitted RACH preamble included in the RAR matches the transmitted RACH preamble, performing a second procedure to detect failures in the RACH procedure. | 12-24-2009 |
| 20090323537 | NETWORK FAILURE DETECTION SYSTEM, METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A system includes, in order to detect a failure occurring on a transmission path through which service traffic is transmitted from a delivery server, a node that is on the transmission path and that monitors the service traffic, and a monitoring server that determines a location at which a failure has occurred by analyzing information transmitted from the node. Each node measures the service traffic, recognizes an adjacent node, which is a node adjacent in a logic tree structure corresponding to a transmission path, establishes a link, recognizes a position of the node in the logic tree structure, sets a monitoring target link to be monitored in the logic tree structure, uses a measurement result, and transmits the estimation result to one of the adjacent node and the server. The server analyzes the estimation result received from the node, and determines the location of a failure on the transmission path. | 12-31-2009 |
| 20090323538 | FAST RE-ROUTE IN IP/MPLS NETWORKS AND OTHER NETWORKS USING SONET SIGNALING - A provider device determines that a failure has occurred in a link or path and notifies a customer device of the failure. The notifying causes the customer device to become aware of the failure in less than one second. | 12-31-2009 |
| 20100002593 | METHOD FOR DETECTING FAULTS IN GATEWAY - A method for detecting gateway ( | 01-07-2010 |
| 20100014430 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND BASE STATION DEVICE - There are disclosed a resource allocation method and a base station device for realizing an effective resource allocation for reducing delay time and overhead. In this device, when a base station ( | 01-21-2010 |
| 20100014431 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING AUTOMATED PROCESSING OF A NETWORK SERVICE ALARM - A method and apparatus for providing automatic processing of a software defined network alarm or an integrated services digital network alarm are disclosed. For example, the method receives a trouble ticket for an SDN service or an ISDN service, and retrieves at least one of: a calling to number, a calling from number, one or more facility identifiers associated one or more facilities, or one or more channel identifiers related to the trouble ticket. The method then retrieves data for one or more network outages for the one or more facilities. | 01-21-2010 |
| 20100014432 | METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING UNDESIRABLE FEATURES AMONG COMPUTING NODES - One embodiment of the present invention provides a system for identifying undesirable features in a network of computers. During operation, the system detects an anomaly associated with a node in the network. Next, the system identifies one or more features which are associated with the anomaly. The system then updates the identified features. Next, the system communicates the information corresponding to updated features to at least one other node in the network. The system then receives information indicating a correlation between the updated features and the anomaly from at least one other node in the network. Next, the system correlates the updated features with the anomaly based on the received information. The system subsequently produces a result which indicates a correlation between the updated features and the anomaly. | 01-21-2010 |
| 20100014433 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING MULTIPLE ACTIVE DEVICES IN STACKING SYSTEM AND STACKING MEMBER DEVICE - The present invention discloses a method for processing multiple active devices in a stacking system. In the method, each active device in a stacking system exchanges unique identity information with any another active device through a preconfigured Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) session when a stacking link in the stacking system is in failure, determines an active priority of its own by comparing unique identity information of its own with the unique identity information received; and the active device stops providing services as an active device when determining that the active priority of its own is not the highest priority. The present invention also discloses a member device in the stacking system. The present invention can solve the collision of multiple Active devices, and is applicable to both a stacking system including two member devices and a stacking system including more than two member devices. | 01-21-2010 |
| 20100014434 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING FEEDBACK FOR A DOWNLINK SHARED SERVICE AND ESTIMATING A NUMBER OF WIRELESS TRANSMIT/RECEIVE UNITS - A method and an apparatus for sending a signal on a contentious feedback channel for a downlink shared service and for estimating a number of wireless transmit/receive units (WTRUs) are disclosed. When a transmission criterion associated with a physical random access feedback channel (P-RAFCH) is satisfied, a physical resource is randomly selected among a plurality of physical resources assigned for the P-RAFCH and a pre-configured signal is sent using the selected physical resource. A Node-B receives the pre-configured signal from a plurality of WTRUs and calculates a number of the WTRUs based on a number of used physical resources. The transmission criterion is at least one of successful reception of a data packet on a downlink physical channel, successful reception of a data block on a data service, reception of a signaling command, occurrence of a measurement event, and failure to receive a transmission after a specified number of times. | 01-21-2010 |
| 20100020700 | Global Network Monitoring - Systems, methods and apparatus monitor networks to identify when the networks are not operating normally, for instance, because of malware. During a sample interval sample data is collected that corresponds to a plurality of system activities, the sample data collected from a plurality of monitored networks and representing normal operations of the plurality of monitored networks. Subsequent to the sample interval, observed data is collected from the plurality of monitored networks, the observed data corresponding to at least some of the system activities. A determination is made whether the observed data represents the normal operation of the monitored networks, and an alert is generated if the observed data does not represent the normal operation of the monitored networks. | 01-28-2010 |
| 20100034098 | Towards Efficient Large-Scale Network Monitoring and Diagnosis Under Operational Constraints - A system and methods are disclosed that provide a continuous monitoring and diagnosis system for ISP IP/VPN backboneExt networks. The system includes two phases: 1) a monitor setup phase which selects candidate routers as monitors and the paths to be measured by the monitors, and 2) a continuous monitoring and diagnosis phase. | 02-11-2010 |
| 20100039943 | FRAME LOSS MEASUREMENT APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MULTICAST SERVICE TRAFFIC - An apparatus and method for measuring frame loss in multicast service traffic are provided. The method of measuring frame loss includes: counting the number of data frames of a predetermined multicast service flowing into an object network of frame loss measurement; counting the number of data frames of the predetermined multicast service flowing out of the network; and measuring frame loss by comparing the counted number of incoming frames and the counted number of outgoing frames. According to the method and apparatus, in a multicast service environment which is dynamically changing, frame loss of a predetermined multicast service can be conveniently and easily measured. | 02-18-2010 |
| 20100039944 | Distributed system - A distributed system performs fault identification using inter-node monitoring so as to locate a fault with high reliability and ensure consistent recognition about the situation of the fault occurrence among nodes. The process is synchronized with a communication cycle. If a system does not need to perform the fault identification as often as every communication cycle, the frequency of the fault identification should be decreased so as to reduce a load for CPU processing and a consumption of a communication band per unit time. | 02-18-2010 |
| 20100039945 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING AN INFLUENCED RANGE OF A FAULT OCCURENCE IN A NETWORK - In a network including a group of proxy servers for processing a signaling protocol for transferring signaling messages through a communication route connecting a pair of user terminals, an abnormal end of a communication session established between the pair of user terminals is detected by capturing and analyzing a signaling message received or transmitted by a proxy server. A cause section that has caused the detected abnormal end of the communication session is determined. Then, the number of abnormally ended communication sessions caused by the cause section is counted to determine an influenced range of a fault occurrence in the network on the basis of the counted number of abnormally ended communication sessions caused by each of cause sections and proxy connection information indicative of connection relations among the group of proxy servers. | 02-18-2010 |
| 20100046378 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR ANOMALY DETECTION USING INTERNET PROTOCOL (IP) TRAFFIC CONVERSATION DATA - A computer-based method for detecting anomalies in the traffic passing through an internet protocol (IP) network is described. The method includes extracting, from a database, a single instance of each unique packet header associated with a plurality of IP-to-IP packets, the IP-to-IP packets having been transmitted across the IP network over a predefined period of time, analyzing the packet headers to identify anomalous conversations based on at least one of a conversation uniqueness, a time of week uniqueness, and a data quantity uniqueness, and providing alerts corresponding to detected anomalous conversations. | 02-25-2010 |
| 20100046379 | OPERATING NETWORK ENTITIES IN A COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Network entities in a communications system include one hierarchical level of a management network of the communications system, where fault and/or performance management related data is sent. A first network entity sends such data to at least one second network entity after the at least one second network entity is determined based on a configuration management relationship with the first network entity. | 02-25-2010 |
| 20100046380 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REAL TIME SIMULTANEOUS MONITORING OF LOGICAL CIRCUITS IN A DATA NETWORK - Methods and systems are provided for real time simultaneous monitoring of logical circuits. In accordance with an example method, first status information is requested for a first logical connection at a host end of a logical circuit comprising the first logical connection. The logical circuit connects a host device to a remote device and traverses a first local access and transport area, an inter-exchange carrier, and a second local access and transport area. The first local access and transport area is at the host end of the logical circuit, and the second local access and transport area is at a remote end of the logical circuit. A logical identifier of the logical circuit is identified based on the first status information. A second logical connection at the remote end of the logical circuit is identified based on the logical identifier of the logical circuit. Second status information for the second logical connection is requested after identifying the second logical connection. An indication of whether the logical circuit has failed is displayed based on the first and second status information. | 02-25-2010 |
| 20100054135 | IP MOBILITY FOR DEVICES WITH MULTIPLE RADIOS - A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) includes a mobility management function and a multihoming function. The mobility management function may implement the Media Independent Handover (MIH) protocol and the multihoming function may implement the Shim | 03-04-2010 |
| 20100061249 | Distributed resource management for multi-service, multi-access broadband networks - A qualification and monitoring function ( | 03-11-2010 |
| 20100061250 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CLOUD COMPUTING - A system and method for creating, deploying, selecting and associating cloud computing services from many cloud vendors to effectuate a large-scale information technology data processing center implemented in a software only form. Services may be employed from any number of different service providers and user define policies provides for switching to or aggregating different service providers when necessary. Configurations can be created that allow for service provider selection based on user-selectable parameters such as cost, availability, performance and service level agreement terms. The system employs measurement, aggregation, reporting and decision support of system usage and costing, performance, Service level, feature set, to automate the construction, operation and ongoing management of software based cloud. | 03-11-2010 |
| 20100061251 | METHOD OF PREDICTING THE TRANSMISSION ERROR RATE IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK AND SERVER IMPLEMENTING SUCH A METHOD - To predict the transmission error rate in a stream of data packets transmitted between a server and at least one client in a communication network: the server sends at least one group of packets to the client; the client calculates a plurality of items of statistical information on the group of packets and transmits them to the server; the server analyzes the items of statistical information so as to obtain a network stability indicator; and the server calculates a prediction of the transmission error rate on the basis of the network stability indicator. | 03-11-2010 |
| 20100067386 | INVERSE MULTIPLEXING OF DIGITAL DATA - In ATM networks, digital data in ATM cells are sent to a destination node over more than one transmission link in round robin fashion. This is called inverse multiplexing. At connection start-up, the source node informs the destination node of the specific round robin fashion of the transmission links so that the ATM cells are reassembled in a proper sequential order. Inverse multiplexing control cells are used to communicate between the source node and destination node for connectivity testing of transmission links. Cell stuffing is also provided in one embodiment to accommodate non-synchronized links among transmission links. In a particular embodiment, two consecutive control cells indicate a stuffing cell. A start-up procedure is described when not all the transmission links are usable. | 03-18-2010 |
| 20100074118 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETECTING A NETWORK FAILURE - A method and system detect a failed communication transmission that fails to reach a recipient after attempting to be transmitted from a sender to the recipient over a communication path. Upon detection of the failed communication, the method initiates a first inquiry process from the sender. This first inquiry process tests how far a first test communication transmission can travel from the sender to the recipient along the communication path. Similarly, upon detection of the failed communication, the method initiates a second inquiry process from the recipient. The second inquiry process tests how far a second test communication transmission can travel from the recipient to the sender along the communication path. The method combines the results of the first inquiry process and the results of the second inquiry process to determine which of the nodes in the communication path are not successfully forwarding test communications to identify at least one possibly faulty node. The identification of the possibly faulty node is then output to the sender and the recipient. | 03-25-2010 |
| 20100074119 | OPPORTUNISTIC DATA FORWARDING AND DYNAMIC RECONFIGURATION IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORKS - Mobile communication devices and wireless network device each can participate in, or solely provide, opportunistic data forwarding in a wireless network such as a wireless local area network or radio access network. A supporting node receives wireless communication between a transmitting node and a receiving node comprising packet data units (PDUs). The receiving node communicates to the transmitting node that one or more portions of the communication were not received, which is overheard by the supporting node. The supporting node can have sufficient over-the-air (OTA) allocation in its transmit opportunity to relay the failed portions to the receiving node. Thereby, techniques such as more robust error encoding, longer transmit allocations, etc., that would reduce the effective data throughput for OTA resources are avoided while providing an ability to more rapidly adapt to a changing channel state. | 03-25-2010 |
| 20100080129 | Network troubleshooting using path topology - A system, and a corresponding method, implemented on a suitable computing device, provides for troubleshooting a network using path topology. The system includes a network node manager that generates and displays a path topology. The path topology a most probable path between two end point elements in the network. The most probable path includes one or more network elements disposed between the two end point elements, and the path topology includes identities of each of the network elements. The system also includes a health report generator, coupled to the network node manager, that receives identities of each of the network elements, determines summary performance information for each of the network elements, and displays the summary performance information. | 04-01-2010 |
| 20100080130 | Synchronization of Session-Initiation-Protocol Proxy Databases - An improvement in the design and operation of telecommunications networks is described in which when a caller's telecommunication terminal does not know the address of the called party's telecommunications terminal, the caller's telecommunication terminal contacts one Session Initiation Protocol Proxy server after another until the address of the called party's telecommunications terminal is found. Thereafter, one or more of the Session Initiation Protocol Proxy servers that did not have the address of the called party's telecommunications terminal are populated with that information for future use. | 04-01-2010 |
| 20100085878 | Automating Identification And Isolation Of Loop-Free Protocol Network Problems - An apparatus is configured to generate a reference model of a bridged network representing a plurality of nodes in the bridged network, wherein each of the plurality of nodes implements a loop-free topology algorithm; determine an expected data path based on the reference model of the bridged network; receive information pertaining to an actual data path in the bridged network; and compare the expected data path based on the reference model and the actual data path in the bridged network to identify a divergence point. | 04-08-2010 |
| 20100085879 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO DIAGNOSE ENHANCED INTERIOR GATEWAY ROUTING PROTOCOL PROBLEMS IN NETWORKS - Example methods and apparatus to diagnose enhanced interior gateway routing protocol (EIGRP) problems in networks are disclosed. A disclosed example method to identify whether an EIGRP problem is present in a network comprises automatically performing one or more tests of one or more routers of the network in response to a submitted trouble ticket, processing results of the one or more tests to automatically identify whether the EIGRP problem is present in the network, and automatically assigning the trouble ticket to a work center when the EIGRP problem is present in the network. | 04-08-2010 |
| 20100091662 | Defect-tolerant demultiplexers based on threshold logic - Embodiments of the present invention include defect-tolerant demultiplexer crossbars that employ, or that can be modeled by demultiplexer crossbars that employ, threshold logic “TL” elements. The threshold-logic elements provide for tolerance for signal variation on internal signals lines of a defect-tolerant demultiplexer crossbar, and thus tolerance for defects which produce internal signal variation. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100091663 | RAILWAY-TRAIN COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A railway-train communication apparatus transmits a first transmission signal flowing through an inter-car network between cars of a railway train and a second transmission signal flowing through an in-car network in each of the cars. A node device includes a first signal converter and a second signal converter that perform a signal conversion between the first transmission signal and the second transmission signal and a layer 2 switch arranged between the first signal converter and the second signal converter for connecting the first signal converter and the second signal converter. A first controller is connected to the layer 2 switch. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100091664 | REAL-TIME NETWORK ANALYZER - A real-time network-analysis system comprises a network appliance and a plurality of management devices. The network appliance continuously monitors an object network and synthesizes a current network image comprising contemporaneous indicators of connectivity, occupancy, and performance of the object network. A management-client device may gain access to the network image for timely control and for use in producing long-term network-evolution plans. To enable the creation of a real-time network image, optimized topology synthesis algorithms are devised to minimize the computational effort. The real-time network-analysis system is adapted for use with an object network employing a variety of routing protocols, such as link-state protocols, and network-management protocols, such as the Simple-Network-Management protocol. | 04-15-2010 |
| 20100097939 | Fault Detection Method And Apparatus Of Wireless Resource - A sub-carrier frequency block forming a wireless resource is assigned to a downlink transmission data by a scheduling (schedule processing) based on a wireless communication method dynamically utilizing the wireless resource among a plurality of users. Sub-frame data of the sub-carrier frequency block assigned is transmitted and a retransmission request signal received in response to the transmitting is recorded as an error detection. When the error detection recorded consecutively occurs at a specific sub-carrier frequency block, it is determined that a fault occurs at the specific sub-carrier frequency block. For uplink reception data, uplink sub-frame data is received at the sub-carrier frequency block similarly assigned and an error detection is recorded. When the error detection recorded consecutively occurs at the specific sub-carrier frequency block, it is determined that a fault occurs at the specific sub-carrier frequency block. | 04-22-2010 |
| 20100103822 | Network Assessment and Fault Isolation - Fault isolation in a network includes embedding in-band traceroute packets in a media stream, passing the traceroute packets into a network connecting a proximal end point and a distal end point, monitoring the network for responses, expected from respective traceroute packets, from each of a plurality of network devices that are disposed between the proximal and distal end points; analyzing the respective responses; and based on the analyzing step, identifying one or more of the network devices as being responsible for a fault. In a preferred embodiment, fault isolation further includes correlating un-acknowledged, i.e., un-responded, traceroute packets with packet loss and or jitter computed at the distal end point. | 04-29-2010 |
| 20100103823 | Operating network entities in a communications system comprising a management network with agent and management levels - The present invention relates to operating of network entities in a communications system, wherein said communications system comprises a management network with agent and management levels, wherein a fault and/or performance management related data provided or occurring in an agent level is correlated and/or analyzed in said agent level with further fault and/or performance management related data provided or occurring in said agent level by use of configuration management relationships in said agent level, and wherein an information derived from the correlation is transmitted to at least one management level of said management network of said communications network being responsible for management of the corresponding agent level. | 04-29-2010 |
| 20100110899 | STRESSING A NETWORK DEVICE - A method of stressing a network device includes sending an echo request having a payload to the network device. The payload is configured to stress the network device. The method also includes determining whether the network device is healthy despite receiving the payload. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100110900 | System and Method of Detecting and Locating Intermittent Electrical Faults in Electrical Systems - Signals are transmitted from at least one transmitter that is positioned in an electrical network. The signals that have been transmitted are received by the at least one single receiver at a single receiver positioned within the electrical network. At the single receiver, the received signals are analyzed and a determination from the analyzing the received signals is made as to whether a fault has occurred in the electrical network. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100110901 | TECHNIQUES FOR RADIO LINK PROBLEM AND RECOVERY DETECTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A technique for radio link detection in a wireless communication system includes estimating a first error rate of an indicator channel. In this case, the indicator channel includes an indication of a number of symbols in a control channel. A second error rate of the control channel is also estimated. The first and second error rates are then combined to provide a performance metric. Based on the performance metric, a determination is made as to whether a radio link problem exists. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100110902 | Traffic Matrix Computation for a Backbone Network Supporting Virtual Private Networks - This invention provides a more effective method for capacity planning and traffic engineering of packet networks that connect Virtual Private Network (VPN) sites. A distributed architecture efficiently computes traffic matrixes that show the number of bytes and/or packets exchanged among provider edge (PE) routers and/or service nodes. Each PE router in a service node is exports flow records to a Flow Record Processor (FRP) in the same location. The FRPs use these records in conjunction with configuration data extracted from the PE routers to compute partial traffic matrixes. The partial traffic matrixes are uploaded to a Matrix Generator to create a total traffic matrix. The total traffic matrix is essential input for capacity planning or traffic engineering tools. | 05-06-2010 |
| 20100118709 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING END TO END VIRTUAL PRIVATE NETWORK PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT - A method and apparatus for managing a virtual private network are disclosed. For example, the method collects performance data for at least one parameter from a plurality of customer edge routers and a plurality of provider edge routers associated with the virtual private network. The method correlates the performance data for identifying one or more performance exceptions based on a threshold for each of the at least one parameter, and performs a trending analysis using the one or more performance exceptions to predict a potential problem that will impact the virtual private network. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100118710 | NETWORK FAILURE DETECTING METHOD AND DEVICE - A network failure detecting method for detecting a failure of a network including a number of transferring devices by tracing data flow rates of the transferring devices based on physical topologies of the transferring devices for the network, composing a group of the transferring devices adjacent to one another, data flow rates of which have failed to be obtained, as one virtual transferring device; and replacing physical topologies of the group of the transferring devices adjacent to one another, data flow rates of which have failed to be obtained, with a physical topology of the composed virtual transferring device. | 05-13-2010 |
| 20100124170 | Methods and Apparatus to Detect Border Gateway Protocol Session Failures - Methods and apparatus to detect border gateway protocol (BGP) session failures are disclosed. A disclosed example apparatus comprises a database interface to obtain provisioned configuration information for a provider edge (PE) router, a BGP engine to receive one or more BGP messages from a route reflector, the one or more BGP messages representing a list of active routes for the PE router, and a session analyzer to compare the list of active routes with the provisioned configuration information to determine whether a provisioned route is not present in the list of active routes, and to declare a BGP session failure when the provisioned route is not present in the list of active routes. | 05-20-2010 |
| 20100124171 | WIRELESS STATION, FAULT DETECTING METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A wireless station includes a measuring unit measuring first and second communication delays of first and second wireless terminals; a first determining unit determining first and second transmission rates of the first and second wireless terminals; a second determining unit determining first and second timings of transmitting a response request frame and first and second lengths of response frames to be returned from the first and second wireless terminals; a transmitting unit transmitting a response request frame that requests returning of response frames of the first and second lengths at the first and second transmission rates, at the first and second transmission timings; a detecting unit detecting that the first and second wireless terminals are in hidden terminal relation upon detecting a collision of the response frames returned from the first and second wireless terminals. | 05-20-2010 |
| 20100124172 | DECLARING RADIO LINK FAILURE BASED ON TARGET-SPECIFIC THRESHOLD - The number of handover-related failures that occur in a communication system may be reduced by taking target access point conditions into account when declaring radio link failure and/or by delaying certain handover operations. In some aspects, criteria for radio link failure detection and access terminal-controlled mobility may take into account access point parameters related to neighboring cells that may be available as mobility targets. For example, filtering mechanisms for detecting radio link failure based on radio layer problem reports may also take into account the availability of various neighbor access points and their measured signal strengths. In addition, a handover command may be sent earlier than in conventional systems (e.g., the handover command may be sent even though the target access point is weaker than the source access point) and include an indication that instructs the access terminal to delay handover until a specified condition is met. For example, handover may be delayed until the target access point becomes stronger than the source access point. | 05-20-2010 |
| 20100128611 | TRANSMITTING APPARATUS, ALARM CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER PRODUCT - Upon detecting the occurrence of a fault in a path that includes the transmitting apparatus, a transmitting apparatus transmits fault information including information about the fault to an initial node in the path corresponding to the fault. Upon receipt of the fault information, a transmitting apparatus determines whether an alarm is generated by a plurality of nodes due to the fault. Having determined that the alarm is generated due to the fault, the transmitting apparatus communicates a message including alarm masking information that suppresses the alarm with a terminal node via an intermediate node included in the path. Upon receipt of the message including the alarm masking information, a transmitting apparatus performs masking control so that an alarm is not to be issued to the management device connected thereto based on the alarm masking information. | 05-27-2010 |
| 20100135161 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING AUTOMATED PROCESSING OF A MULTICAST SERVICE ALARM - A method and apparatus for providing automatic processing of an alarm related to a multicast service in a network are disclosed. For example, the method receives an alarm related to a multicast service, and retrieves multicast data, wherein said multicast data comprises one or more of: a source Internet Protocol (IP) address for a source, a group IP address, and Protocol Independent Multicast (PIM) data. The method retrieves interface information, wherein the interface information comprises one or more of: an interface IP address, a PIM mode, and a Designated Router (DR) IP address. The method retrieves a status of a neighbor of the source in accordance with the source IP address, and determines if a neighbor is established for the source IP address. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100135162 | TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND TRANSMISSION SYSTEM - A link aggregation function and maintenance function by MPLS OAM. Identical entry information is stored in plural circuits IF which perform a LA setting. In this way, multiplexing to the same LSP is possible even with different IF. The first network IF is assumed to be OAM ACT, and the second network IF is set to OAM SBY (SBY). OAM frame insertion is performed only by an OAM ACT port. In this way, in an opposite MPLS transmission apparatus, it is possible to prevent CV frame reception above a specified number of frames. Further, a switch forwarding table is set to forward frames from the network side to the first network IF of OAM ACT. The second network IF which was set to OAM SBY does not perform fault detection by CV reception. In this way, incorrect detection of faults due to non-reception of OAM can be prevented. | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100135163 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DIAGNOSING FAULTS IN A HYBRID INTERNET PROTOCOL NETWORK - An Ethernet switch ( | 06-03-2010 |
| 20100142381 | MECHANISMS FOR FAILURE DETECTION AND MITIGATION IN A GATEWAY DEVICE - A system and method of the present disclosure provides a block, or region, based error diffusion process for reducing artifacts in images. The system and method allows for the generation and the control of the spatial frequency of a masking signal, e.g., noise, in a way that it can be easily passed through the compression process. The system and method provides for selecting a block size of pixels of the image, adding a masking signal to the image, determining a quantization error for at least one block in the image, and distributing the quantization error to neighboring blocks in the image to mask artifacts in the image. An output image is then encoded with a compression function. | 06-10-2010 |
| 20100142382 | IDENTIFICATION OF PATTERNS IN STATEFUL TRANSACTIONS - A system for the identification of patterns in stateful transactions may include a message interceptor, a message pattern processor, a message handler, and a memory. The message interceptor may be operative to intercept messages transmitted by a first device over a network to a recipient. The message interceptor may be operative to intercept the messages before the messages are received by the recipient. The message pattern processor may be operative to add the message to a message pattern and store the message pattern in a memory. The message pattern processor may compare the message pattern to a plurality of exemplary message patterns and identify when the message pattern matches at least one of the exemplary message patterns. The message handler may be operative to determine an action to take with respect to the message based on the at least one matching exemplary message pattern identified by the message pattern processor. | 06-10-2010 |
| 20100149992 | Method for the Trigger Failure Detection of Bidirectional Forwarding Detection - A method for failure detection on a bidirectional forwarding link mainly includes: sending, by one side of a BFD session, a BFD packet to the opposite side of the BFD session, and detecting a BFD packet sent by the opposite side, and starting, by the local side of the BFD session, BFD session detection when receiving a first BFD packet sent from the opposite side. By the method of the invention, it can be avoided that a router misinforms that failure occurs on a BFD session link due to difference of delays needed to deliver a BFD session parameter from a negotiation module of the router to a detection module. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100149993 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MULTI-LAYER NETWORK ANALYSIS AND DESIGN - Techniques for providing a method and system for multi-layer network analysis and design are disclosed. In one particular exemplary embodiment, the techniques may be realized as a method, comprising determining, using a computer model of a network, a minimum probability of failure path between a pair of network nodes at a first network layer for one or more pairs of network nodes, calculating, using a processor and stored network data, a value for the minimum probability of failure for the identified minimum probability of failure path between the pair of network nodes at the first network layer for the one or more pairs of network nodes. The method may include identifying, using a processor, a maximum of the determined minimum probability of failure values for the one or more pairs of network nodes for the first network layer, determining, using the computer model of a network, a minimum probability of failure path between a pair of network nodes at one or more secondary network layers for one or more pairs of network nodes and calculating, using a processor and stored network data, a value for the minimum probability of failure for the identified minimum probability of failure path at the one or more secondary network layers. The method may further include identifying, using a processor, a maximum of the determined minimum probability of failures for each of the one or more secondary network layers, and outputting, via a user interface, one or more maximum of the determined minimum probability of failure values for one or more network layers for one or more pairs of network nodes of the modeled network. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100149994 | Systems Configured to Automatically Identify Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) Protocol Problems in a Network and Related Computer Program Products and Methods - A data communications system may include a network having a plurality of network provider routers configured to support Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) circuits between customer edge routers outside the network, an automated diagnostic system coupled to the network provider routers. The automated diagnostic system may be configured to automatically initiate one or more inquiries of one or more of the network provider routers in response to a customer IP address identifying a customer edge router servicing a customer location from which a service failure has been reported and a circuit address identifying an Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) circuit related to the reported service failure. In addition, the automated diagnostic system may be configured to automatically process results of the one or more inquiries to automatically identify whether an Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol problem is present in the network, and to automatically generate a notification for a work center when an Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) problem is identified in the network. Related computer program products and methods are also discussed. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100149995 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMPLETING A CALL IN A NETWORK WITH ENUM FAILURE - A method and an apparatus for processing a session request in a network are disclosed. For example, the method receives the session request by a Serving-Call Session Control Function (S-CSCF), and sends a query to a tElephone NUmbering Mapping (ENUM) server for the session request. The method determines if a response is received to the query to the ENUM server, and inserts an indication of a component failure in a header of the session request if the response is not received from the ENUM server, wherein the indication of the component failure indicates a non-responsive ENUM server. | 06-17-2010 |
| 20100157812 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ASYNCHRONOUS ALARM CORRELATION - A method and apparatus for providing asynchronous alarm correlation in packet networks are disclosed. For example, the method receives a trigger, and performs an asynchronous correlation of at least one root cause alarm with at least one symptom alarm. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100157813 | METHOD OF PATH SWITCHING AND NODE APPARATUS - An intermediate node apparatus in a first path including a start node apparatus, an end node apparatus, intermediate node apparatuses, and links between these node apparatuses, including a failure notification message transmission unit transmitting a failure notification message to the start node apparatus, when it is detected that a level of deterioration in transmission quality of a link among the links included in the first path is equal to or higher than a first threshold, and backup path setting device that receives a path setting message for setting a second path from the start node and sets the second path. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100157814 | Apparatus and method for handling error for service flow modification a broadband wireless communication network - A network includes a Mobile Station (MS) for sending a Service Flow (SF) modification request message to a Base Station (BS) to modify an SF. The BS sends a path modification request message to a serving SF Authorization (SFA) when there is the information on the SF. The BS also sends an SF modification response message comprising a Confirmation Code ‘Reject SF not found’ to the MS when there is no information on the SF. The serving SFA sends a resource reservation request message to an anchor SFA when there is the information on the SF, and sends a path modification response message comprising a Failure Indication (FI) ‘Requested Context Unavailable’ to the BS when there is no information on the SF. The anchor SFA sends a resource reservation response message comprising the FI ‘Requested Context Unavailable’ to the serving SFA when there is no information on the SF. | 06-24-2010 |
| 20100165849 | Failure Detection in IP Networks Using Long Packets - This description provides tools and techniques for detecting failures in IP networks using long packets. These tools may provide apparatus for monitoring several different communication paths between route processor modules within a given communications network. The apparatus selects one of the communication paths for connectivity testing, and sends both short and long test packets over the selected communications path. The apparatus then evaluates whether the test packets are transmitted successfully along the communication path. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165850 | DATA FORWARDING METHOD AND APPARATUS THEREOF - The invention relates to a method of data forwarding during handover in a mobile communication system, the mobile communication system comprising a plurality of base stations and a base station, the base station being coupled to a gateway, a telecommunication link being established between a user equipment and the base station, the method comprising: selecting a set of base station from the plurality of base stations as candidate base stations for a handover of the user equipment by the base station; selecting a first target base station for handover from the set of base stations by the base station; obtaining downlink data from a gateway and up-link data from a user equipment by the base station; forwarding the uplink and downlink data from the base station to the first target base station. The method further comprises: detecting a handover or radio link failure by the user equipment;—transmitting a connection establishment message to a second target base station of the set of base stations by the user equipment; accepting access request of the user equipment by the second target base station; transmitting a message by the second target base station to the base station, the message being indicative of access of the user equipment to the second target base station; and forwarding the uplink and downlink data to the second target base station. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100165851 | RF CHANNEL SWITCHING IN BROADCAST OFDM SYSTEMS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate monitoring RF channels in a wireless communication environment to determine whether one or more channels comprise a forward-link-only (FLO) signal. A receiver can receive a first RF channel with a FLO signal and can monitor other RF channels for FLO signals. Upon a determination that a monitored RF channel comprises a FLO signal, the receiver can switch between the first RF channel and the monitored RF channel to facilitate providing seamless reception of the FLO signal, which can be superframe synchronized between RF channels. FLO signal detection can be performed using one or more of a wide-area identification channel energy detection protocol and a wide-area overhead information symbol decoding error detection protocol. | 07-01-2010 |
| 20100172245 | Monitoring connectivity in ring networks - A system, method, and device for monitoring the connectivity of a network that has been configured in a ring topology, such as an Ethernet ring network. The ring network includes a plurality of nodes, each with first port and a second port for forwarding CC messages to respective neighbor nodes, and an MEP for forming and processing the CC messages. Of the plurality of network nodes, neighbor nodes are selected as CC forwarding nodes and, after a database on each node has been configured, the selected nodes begin sending CC messages to each other via the ring network, beginning with transmission to a non-selected node. If a selected node fails to receive an expected CC message, it transmits a fault notification and ceases sending CC messages. The network then reselects CC message forwarding nodes, which begin forwarding CC messages until another fault is detected or the network is otherwise reconfigured. | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100172246 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR AUTOMATICALLY CATEGORIZING VOICE OVER INTERNET PROTOCOL (VoIP) SUBSCRIBER DEVICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH VoIP TEST AND CALL QUALITY DATA - Methods, systems, and computer readable media for categorizing voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) subscriber device numbers in accordance to test call results are disclosed. In one embodiment, a method includes creating a plurality of VoIP test call lists within a test call system and assigning VoIP subscriber device numbers to the plurality of VoIP test call lists. Each of VoIP subscriber device numbers is tested based on the test call list to which each of the VoIP subscriber device numbers is assigned, wherein each test call list corresponds to at least one of a test call type and a test call frequency associated with the test call list. The method also includes obtaining call quality data for at least one of the VoIP subscriber device numbers and automatically reassigning one or more of the VoIP subscriber device numbers to a different test call list based on at least one of results of the testing and the call quality data. | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100172247 | SERIAL TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND THE METHOD THEREOF - Each of a plurality of serially-connected data transmission apparatuses comprises a first shift register, a fault-detecting circuit and a second shift register. The second shift register is configured to receive a second serial input signal and generate an output signal according to a clock signal. The fault-detecting circuit is configured to select one of the outputs of the second shift register and a first serial input signal based on the fault-detecting result. The first shift register is configured to receive the output of the fault-detecting circuit and generate an output according to the clock signal. The second serial input signal is equal to the first serial input signal of at least one preceding stage, and the first serial input signal is equal to the output serial signal of the preceding stage. One purpose of the present invention is to maintain continuous transmission of the serial data when a failure of the serially-connected data transmission apparatus occurs. | 07-08-2010 |
| 20100177640 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR INFORMATION PROCESSING AND DISPLAY FOR NETWORK MANAGEMENT - Apparatus and methods for automatically processing and displaying information for managing equipment or services in a network. The information is automatically inserted into a hierarchical data structure, which can then presented in a ticker display for viewing by a user. The information concerning the network equipment or services may also be used to determine the users affected by particular network failures. | 07-15-2010 |
| 20100177641 | Fault Localisation in Multiple Spanning Tree Based Architectures - A method of localising a fault in a network is disclosed. The network comprises nodes (SW | 07-15-2010 |
| 20100182912 | METHOD, SYSTEM, AND DEVICES FOR INFORMING A TERMINAL ABOUT FAILURE IN RESOURCE RESERVATION - In an embodiment, a network decides on quality of service, QoS, to be used for information flow between the network and a terminal, and on whether the terminal is to be informed on an unsuccessful resource reservation needed for providing the quality of service. The network informs the terminal depending on the decision result. An application running in the terminal, such as a QoS aware application, is provided with information about failure in resource reservation, and a session setup is canceled, or a default QoS is used, or session parameters are renegotiated, in response to the information about failure. | 07-22-2010 |
| 20100188982 | BASE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A base station device which communicates with a mobile station device, comprising an uplink synchronization managing unit which manages uplink synchronization maintenance status of the mobile station device, and a transmitting unit which transmits a synchronization recovery request to the mobile station which is in the uplink synchronization maintenance status. | 07-29-2010 |
| 20100195506 | System and Method to Identify a Predicted Oscillatory Behavior of a Router - A computer-readable storage medium includes operational instructions, that when executed by a processor, cause the processor to receive network configuration data representing a network having a plurality of routers and to identify at least one of the plurality of routers as having a predicted oscillatory behavior based at least partially on the network configuration data. | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100195507 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING PHYSICAL DEDICATED CHANNEL ESTABLISHMENT AND MONITORING PROCEDURES - A method and apparatus are described for performing a dual-carrier operation. A first timer is initiated for an anchor carrier and a second timer is initiated for a supplementary carrier. A physical channel failure may be declared on a condition that either of the timers expire before a predefined number of in-synch indication received from a layer 1 (L1) entity is counted. Uplink transmission and enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) operations may be stopped on a supplementary carrier associated with the physical channel failure, but may be continued on an anchor carrier that has a physical channel established. If the physical channel failure is associated with the anchor carrier, uplink transmission and E-DCH transmission operations are stopped on all carriers. | 08-05-2010 |
| 20100202297 | METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM FOR TRAFFIC SWITCHING IN MULTI-PROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHING TRAFFIC ENGINEERING - A method, device, and system for traffic switching in Multi-Protocol Label Switching Traffic Engineering (MPLS TE) are disclosed. The method includes: transmitting traffic over a standby Label Switching Path (LSP) after detecting fault of an active LSP; detecting that the forwarding entry on the active LSP is delivered completely after the fault of the active LSP is rectified; and switching the traffic to the active LSP, and transmitting the traffic over the active LSP. The present invention ensures that the forwarding entry on the active LSP is delivered completely, and prevents packet loss and traffic loss in the case of switching the traffic back from the standby LSP to the active LSP, thus improving the user experience and enhancing the network availability and stability. | 08-12-2010 |
| 20100208593 | Method and apparatus for supporting network communications using point-to-point and point-to-multipoint protocols - Methods and apparatuses are disclosed for interworking a first protocol, e.g., Provider Backbone Bridge Traffic Engineering (PBB-TE), that provides Ethernet carrier-class traffic engineering, with a second protocol, e.g., Virtual Private LAN Service, that emulates local area network (LAN) service. Unicast, multicast, and broadcast transmissions are enabled across an Ethernet aggregation network and an MPLS core network. Dual homing protection and end-to-end traffic engineering with adjustable granularity are also provided. These capabilities are not available with traditional PBB-TE networks or with an interworking between PBB and VPLS that has been previously proposed. Embodiments of the invention terminate a PBB-TE tunnel at a user-facing provider edge (UPE) node and attach instance service identifiers (ISIDs) to different virtual switching instances (VSI)s. As a result, inexpensive Ethernet-only aggregation networks can be designed to interoperate with VPLS with increased reliability and control, benefiting service providers and end users. | 08-19-2010 |
| 20100208594 | METHOD FOR INSERTING PARITY TO FRAME CONTROL HEADER - A method for inserting parity into an FCH is disclosed. A method for inserting parity into a frame control header includes channel-encoding, by an additional channel encoder, a frame control header bit applied to a legacy encoder, and generating an additional codeword, and mapping the codeword generated by the legacy encoder and the additional channel encoder subcarrier mapping codeword to subcarriers. This method inserts parity into the FCH, and defines a new FCH, such that it extends an FCH coverage simultaneously while maintaining a compatibility with a legacy system. Also, it may add additional energy to a legacy FCH or may give a coding gain to the same legacy FCH, such that it can extend information transferable using reserved bits of the FCH. | 08-19-2010 |
| 20100208595 | ARRANGEMENT AND A METHOD FOR HANDLING FAILURES IN A NETWORK - The present invention relates to an arrangement comprising an Ethernet carrier network, managed by a management system ( | 08-19-2010 |
| 20100208596 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MANAGING PATH BETWEEN NODES IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for managing a path between nodes in a mobile communication system are provided. The method of a node for managing the path between the nodes includes transmitting/receiving a call setup message including information about a higher node for a call to/from a different node, storing the information about the higher node for the call and information of the different node by associating the two pieces of information with the call, sensing an abnormal operation of a path to a specific node, searching for a call stored in association with the specific node whose abnormal operation is sensed, and deleting information related to the call. | 08-19-2010 |
| 20100214931 | Supervision of Faults in a Receiver Chain Based on Noise Floor Monitoring - A method for supervision of faults in a receiving signal chain of a wireless communication comprises providing ( | 08-26-2010 |
| 20100220600 | Switching System - An Ethernet access connection ( | 09-02-2010 |
| 20100226259 | INTELLIGENT ROUTER FOR WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK - Routing packets in a wireless security system. The system includes a network hub that wirelessly sends and receives packets, at least one sensor that wirelessly sends and receives packets to and from the network hub, and a packet router that monitors the packet communications between the network hub and the at least one sensor. The packet router determines when a communication failure occurs, and the packet router is configured to send a first message packet to the network hub if a first type of communication failure occurs and a second message packet to the at least one sensor if a second type of communication failure occurs. | 09-09-2010 |
| 20100232299 | SIMULATION OF COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A computer-implemented method may include receiving transition information indicative of transition rates associated with a plurality of communication links in a network, wherein the network includes a plurality of nodes, the plurality of communication links, and a communication path between a first node and a second node of the plurality of nodes. In one embodiment, the communication path uses at least two of the plurality of communication links. The method may include generating biased transition information indicative of biased transition rates, wherein the biased transition rates are greater or less than the indicated transition rates and simulating the network, based on the biased transition information, until a transition associated with one of the communication links causes the communication path to transition to a different state. A network reliability parameter may be determined based on the simulation of the network. | 09-16-2010 |
| 20100232300 | ROUTING CONTROL DEVICE, ROUTING CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING ROUTING CONTROL PROGRAM - A routing control device includes a plurality of communication interfaces and a processing unit. The processing unit determines whether each of the plurality of communication interfaces has a fault, sets, in routing control information to perform an advertisement, an address of a communication interface of the plurality of communication interfaces that is determined as having a fault and an address of a subnet connected to a communication interface of the plurality of communication interfaces that is determined as not having a fault. | 09-16-2010 |
| 20100238809 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A communication apparatus capable of efficiently collecting information useful for failure analysis. In the communication apparatus, a packet acquisition unit starts acquiring packets when receiving, from an application unit via a network, an instruction to start packet acquisition, and completes acquiring packets upon receipt of an instruction to complete the packet acquisition. A packet holding unit holds acquired packets on a per destination basis and on a per protocol basis. If the data communication has not normally been completed, the packet holding unit searches for normal packet data, and groups and stores normal packet data and abnormal packet data which are the same in destination and in protocol. | 09-23-2010 |
| 20100238810 | Methodology for Measurements and Analysis of Protocol Conformance, Performance and Scalability of Stateful Border Gateways - Testing of Internet-Protocol packet network perimeter protection devices, e.g., Border Gateways such as Session Border Controllers, including dynamic pinhole capable firewalls are discussed. Analysis and testing of these network perimeter protection devices is performed to evaluate the ability of such device to perform at carrier class levels while being subjected to many different protocol test cases. The efficiency of state look table functions as well as call signaling processing capacity, implemented in a particular perimeter protection device, are determined and evaluated. Proper performance and efficiency of such perimeter protection devices are evaluated as a function of: incoming call rate, total pre-existing active calls, and different protocol test cases. Various different network perimeter protection devices, e.g., of different types and/or from different manufactures, can be benchmarked for degree of protocol stack implementation/suitability to carrier class environments and comparatively evaluated. Test equipment devices, e.g., Integrated Intelligent End Points (IIEPs), for fault testing, evaluating and stressing the network perimeter protection devices in a system environment are described. Typically these specialized test devices are used in pairs, one on each side of the firewall under test. These test equipment devices include a traffic generator module, a protocol compliance testing module, monitoring and analysis capability including a CPU utilization analysis module, a protocol analysis module, and a graphical output capability. | 09-23-2010 |
| 20100246407 | RUNTIME FLOW DEBUGGING A NETWORK DEVICE BY EXAMINING PACKET COUNTERS AT INTERNAL POINTS - In one embodiment, the internal path traversed by packets between two user visible interface, selected by a user, is displayed. The path displayed includes internal interfaces traversed by the packets. First and second count values showing the packets traversing each displayed internal interface at the beginning and end of a selected time period are also displayed. A delta, being the difference between the first and second count values for each internal interface indicates the number of packets traversing the interface during the time period and can be analyzed to determine the identity of a packet processing hardware logic block where packets might be getting dropped. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100246408 | System and Method for Signal Failure Detection in a Ring Bus System - A communication system, network node, and communication port architecture are provided for transporting data across a ring network. If a network node detects a signal failure, the communication port of the network node configures itself as timing master and communicates a shutdown command to the other network nodes. In addition, the communication port sets an internal flag signaling this “signal off” event. All other network nodes, which receive the shutdown flag, do not set this internal status, and instead, save a status of “no fault saved.” Accordingly, it can be easily determined where the loss of signal occurred. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100246409 | DISABLED STATE AND STATE SIGNALING FOR LINK AGGREGATION - A device enables a disabled timer state for a link aggregation group (LAG) link if a disabled timer condition is determined for the LAG link, and enables a disabled state for the LAG link if a disabled condition is determined for the LAG link in the disabled timer state. | 09-30-2010 |
| 20100265828 | COMMUNICATION AND METHOD - A communication method according to the present invention includes receiving MAP in formation, acquiring an initial scheduled frame number and a current frame number from the MAP information, calculating the difference between the initial scheduled frame number and the current frame number, comparing the difference between the initial scheduled frame number and the current frame number with a reference value and setting a scheduled frame number, and performing transmission or reception in the scheduled frame. Therefore, even though a MAP loss occurs, the mobile station can receive only downlink data effective in downlink, thereby reducing power consumption for unnecessary reception, and can exactly perform transmission in a frame in which it should transmit in uplink. | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100265829 | RING TOPOLOGY DISCOVERY - A method is provided for determining the integrity of a domain defined in a network. The method includes processes and systems to facilitate the discovery a conceptual ring topology of the domain in the network, and the determination of the integrity of the domain based on the conceptual ring topology that was discovered. | 10-21-2010 |
| 20100271956 | System and Method for Identifying and Managing Service Disruptions Using Network and Systems Data - A method for identifying disruptions using network and systems data includes receiving resource utilization information for a network component at a first time and receiving resource utilization information for the network component at a second time. The method also includes identifying a resource utilization pattern for the network component, predicting a resource utilization for the network component at a third time based on the resource utilization pattern, and determining whether the predicted resource utilization will breach a utilization threshold for the network component. | 10-28-2010 |
| 20100271957 | Remotely Reconfigurable Power Amplifier System and Method - A system and method for remotely monitoring, communicating with, and reconfiguring power amplifier systems. A communications link is provided in field-deployed PA systems, for enabling remote communication with appropriate digital components such as microprocessors or other communications-capable portions of the power amplifier systems. The communications link permits operating parameters of the PA to be monitored and sent back to a remote terminal such as a web server or other computer mainframes via any suitable wired or wireless connection including internet, Ethernet, wireless, WiFi, WiMAX, cellular, local area networks (LAN), wide area networks (WAN), Bluetooth, and so forth. The communication is bi-directional, so that the remote host can download to the PA updates, cMobile operators and/or other service providers can reduce significant operating and capital expenses related to their radio networks maintenance and PA replacement by practicing this invention. | 10-28-2010 |
| 20100271958 | METHOD OF DETECTING AND LOCATING A LOSS OF CONNECTIVITY WITHIN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Method of detecting a fault within a redundant communication network including transmitting a first stream of monitoring frames from its main interface P | 10-28-2010 |
| 20100278049 | System and Method for Testing a Dynamic Communication Across a Network - A network monitor gets a bill of materials for a communication across a network where different communication paths may be established. A bill of materials is a list of hardware/software components that are used to establish and maintain the communication. A request to generate a test communication between the same devices involved in the communication is received. A request to sample and send samples of test data is sent to a network analyzer. The test communication is established. A bill of materials for the test communication is determined. The bill of materials for the communication is compared to the bill of materials for the test communication. Test data is sent on the test communication. The sent test data is analyzed in relation to the sent samples of the test data and the compared bills of materials. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100278050 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MAKING FAR END MEASUREMENTS FOR DSL DIAGNOSTICS - A system is provided for identifying service affecting conditions in an access portion of a network through which a number of subscribers are connected to an exchange. The access network includes subscriber lines connected to DSL subscriber modems. The system includes a receiver for receiving pilot signals from a modem connected to one of the subscriber lines. A measuring unit is operatively associated with the receiver for measuring electrical characteristics of the received pilot signals. A controller is operatively associated with the measuring unit and uses the measured electrical characteristics to identify a service affecting condition. The subscriber modem pilot signals include differential mode signals and the measuring unit measures common mode of each wire of the subscriber line. By using combinations of measurements and deductive logic, the system can detect one or more service affecting conditions. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100278051 | Status Reporting for Retransmission Protocol - A method of transmitting a status report from a receiving terminal to a transmitting terminal is disclosed. A receiving terminal generates a status report according to a first retransmission protocol implemented by a higher layer protocol layer and sends the status report to a transmitting terminal in one or more data units of a lower layer protocol. If the lower layer data units are not successfully received, the lower layer protocol provides a failure indication, referred to as a local NACK, to the higher layer protocol. In response to the failure indication, the higher layer protocol generates an updated status report and sends the updated status report from the receiving terminal to the transmitting terminal. | 11-04-2010 |
| 20100284281 | Apparatus and Method for Transmitting a Sequence of Data Packets and Decoder and Apparatus for Decoding a Sequence of Data Packets - In the context of packet-oriented data transmission via a network, an apparatus for transmitting a sequence of data packets checks whether a packet is missing or faulty. In this case, a replacement packet is provided which is a valid packet with regard to a packet syntax which, however, has a predetermined contents characteristic. On the decoder side, a basic decoder recognizes the packet as a valid packet and decodes same, whereas an extension decoder can enable an error concealing measure on the basis of an indication in the replacement packet to the fact that this is a replacement packet, in order to provide a higher-quality audio reproduction. | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100284282 | METHOD OF DETECTING ANOMALIES IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING SYMBOLIC PACKET FEATURES - A method of detecting anomalies in a communication system includes: providing a first packet flow portion and a second packet flow portion; extracting samples of a symbolic packet feature associated with a traffic status of the first and second packet flow portions; computing from the extracted samples a first statistical concentration quantity and a second statistical concentration quantity of the symbolic feature associated with the first and second packet flow portions, respectively; computing from the concentration quantities a variation quantity representing a concentration change from the first packet flow portion to the second packet flow portion; comparing the variation quantity with a comparison value; and detecting an anomaly in the system in response to the comparison. | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100284283 | METHOD OF DETECTING ANOMALIES IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING NUMERICAL PACKET FEATURES - A method of detecting anomalies in a communication system, includes: providing a first packet flow portion and a second packet flow portion; extracting samples of a numerical feature associated with a traffic status of the first and second packet flow portions; computing from said extracted samples a first statistical dispersion quantity and a second statistical dispersion quantity of the numerical feature associated with the first and second packet flow portions, respectively; computing from the dispersion quantities a variation quantity representing a dispersion change from the first packet flow portion to the second packet flow portion; comparing the variation quantity with a comparison value; and detecting an anomaly in the system in response to said comparison. | 11-11-2010 |
| 20100290346 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR NETWORK ANOMALY DETECTION - A network anomaly detector evaluates two complementary measurements of network statistics, a time variation and correlation among those statistics, to provide an extremely robust detection of network anomalies. In one embodiment, the variability and correspondence are compared against historically derived thresholds to provide for a system that accommodates to local network conditions and evolving network qualities. | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100290347 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR DIAGNOSING WHETHER NODES ARE ABNORMAL IN P2P NETWORK - In the field of communications, a method, device and system for diagnosing whether nodes are abnormal are provided. The method includes: sending a diagnostic message with an identifier of a message to be detected; determining whether an acknowledgement message sent from a node corresponding to the diagnostic message is received; and if the acknowledgement message is received, determining that the node is a normal node; otherwise, determining that the node is an abnormal node. A device for diagnosing whether nodes are abnormal, an intermediate node device and a system for diagnosing whether nodes are abnormal are further provided. The method, device and system have the advantage of diagnosing whether a node is abnormal and whether a node is an abnormal node. | 11-18-2010 |
| 20100302950 | Timer adjustment for load control - Method and apparatus embodiments are provided for dynamical adjusting a retry service request timer associated with User Equipment (UE) responsive to a service request based on a current load. In one embodiment, a method includes receiving a service request, and modifying a timer value associated with a User Equipment (UE) responsive to the service request based on a current load. The timer value is indicative of a period the UE is to wait before making a next service request. The timer value may be modified based on a leaky bucket algorithm. When the current load is indicative of an overload condition, the timer value is increased. For example, when the total number of service request establishment failures is above the high water mark, the timer value may be is increased. The timer value may be communicated to the UE. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100302951 | Method and Apparatus for Handling Radio Link Failure - A method for handling radio link failure in a user equipment of a wireless communication system is disclosed. The wireless communication system supports Carrier Aggregation such that the UE is able to perform transmission and/or reception through multiple carriers. The method includes steps of configuring a plurality of carriers and controlling a timer utilized for detecting the radio link failure according to a status of a primary carrier within the plurality of carriers. | 12-02-2010 |
| 20100309791 | EDGE-BASED LOSS-OF-SIGNAL DETECTION - Systems and methods are provided for edge-based loss-of-signal (LOS) detection. In a receiver, a receiver port receives a data signal. A clock and data recovery (CDR) mechanism coupled to the receive port derives one or more clock signals. An LOS signal generation mechanism generates an LOS signal based on edge glitches which occur when the receive port does not receive usable data. | 12-09-2010 |
| 20100322080 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING DATA SUPPORTING MULTIPLE ACCESS - There is provided a method in which a second communication station located within a cell region provided by a first communication station transmits data. The method includes generating a hopping pattern between a plurality of orthogonal resources by arranging the plurality of orthogonal resources according to time, generating a transmission signal by mapping a data symbol to orthogonal resources, which are included in the hopping pattern and allocated to a specific timeslot and transmitting the transmission signal to the first communication station. Capacity for supporting multiple access can increased by effectively utilizing limited wireless communication resources. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100322081 | ABNORMALITY LOCATING METHOD AND APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - An abnormality locating apparatus locates an abnormal location in a network. An abnormal location judging part judges a normality or abnormality of a link based on a normality or abnormality of an observation flow, by acquiring information of links through which each observation flow passes, from a network route information storage that stores passing route information of observation flows passing through the links. A diagnosis accuracy judging part judges that an accuracy of judging the normality or abnormality of a connecting link connected to a first node deteriorates, by acquiring links connected to each relay node as connecting links from a relay node connecting link information storage that stores connecting link information of each relay node, and judging that a relay node having all connecting links thereof that are abnormal is the first node having all observation flows passing therethrough that are abnormal. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100322082 | Systems and Methods for Automatic Public Switched Telephone Network Backup of Voice Over Internet Protocol Services - A backup public switched telephone network (PSTN) line is provided to a broadband network connection by detecting unavailability of the broadband network connection and automatically connecting local site wiring to the PSTN line responsive to detecting unavailability of the broadband network connection and disconnecting local site wiring from the PSTN line if unavailability is not detected. | 12-23-2010 |
| 20100329126 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING BROKEN PATH IN PEER-TO-PEER NETWORK - A method comprises (a) detecting a packet loss in a partial data packet stream in a peer-to-peer network; (b) signaling an indication of lost packets to one or more sending peers serving the partial data packet stream corresponding to the packet loss; (c) after expiration of a threshold period of time without receiving lost packets, signaling one or more candidate peers a request for retransmission of the lost packets, the candidate peers being peers not serving the partial data packet stream; and (d) receiving the lost packets through one of the candidate peers. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20100329127 | NETWORK ENTITY SELF-GOVERNING COMMUNICATION TIMEOUT MANAGEMENT - Various embodiments include one or more of systems, methods, and software for self-governance of network entity timeout periods in network management. Some embodiments include sending at least one message to a network entity, receiving a response, and measuring a period between the sending and receiving. Some such embodiments further include calculating a timeout period for the network entity as a function of the measured period between the sending and the receiving and storing the calculated timeout period for the network entity. The timeout period for the network entity is a period after the passage of which a network management system declares contact has been lost with the network entity. | 12-30-2010 |
| 20110007636 | Fault Reporting Tag for Mesh Access Points - Mesh access point fault reporting. In particular implementations, a method includes receiving a fault indication indicating one or more failures; collecting fault data related to the one or more failures or a state of the mesh access point; and passing the fault data to the RFID tag, which wirelessly transmits messages relating to the fault. | 01-13-2011 |
| 20110013520 | DYNAMIC PROBE ARCHITECTURE - Systems, methods and other embodiments associated with dynamic probe generation are described. In one embodiment, an apparatus includes generation logic to dynamically generate a probe configured to identify a status associated with an event occurring in a network device, a path between network devices, and/or a location in an encapsulation stack. Additionally, the apparatus comprises reception logic to receive the status. | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110013521 | Locating a Fault in a Communications Network - A method for locating a fault in a communications network includes modifying the time-to-live (TTL) value in an Internet Protocol header of a data packet and transmitting the data packet through the communications network. The method continues with receiving a TTL-exceeded message from a routing element in the communications network and modifying the time-to-live value in the Internet protocol header of a second data packet, wherein the time-to-live value corresponds to a second hop count, the second hop count corresponding to the number of hops from the transmitting server to a second one of the plurality of routing elements in the communications network. | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110013522 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication system is provided, as one aspect, which includes a communication line and a plurality of nodes connected to the communication line, and has a network which is activated based on specific signals sent from two nodes of the plurality of nodes to the communication line. The system includes: a first cold start node and a second cold start node which are connected to the communication line, and activate the network by sending the specific signals to the communication line; and a third cold start node which is connected to the communication line so as to be positioned between the first and second cold start nodes, activates the network by sending the specific signal together with the first or second cold start node, and determines whether or not communication failure has occurred between the plurality of nodes based on a signal transmitted through the communication line. | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110013523 | INTERFERENCE-OVERLOAD-INDICATOR GENERATING DEVICE, AND METHOD OF GENERATING INTERFERENCE OVERLOAD INDICATOR - The present invention reduces a signaling size of an interference overload indicator. A base station includes an interference-overload-indicator generation control sub-system ( | 01-20-2011 |
| 20110026407 | CONTROLLER - This invention enables an abnormality analysis to be easily and reliably performed in the FA system of the EtherCAT (registered trademark). A controller has a protocol monitor function of operating in a monitor system program, and constantly monitors data communicated with a remote device. The controller has an abnormality diagnosis function of detecting abnormality, and thus holds the data monitored immediately before when abnormality is detected. As the protocol monitor function is incorporated, a protocol monitor does not need to be newly plugged into the network as an external device after the occurrence of abnormality, and the data that becomes the cause can be held from the abnormality that occurred first by monitoring from the beginning of the operation of the system and can be used for analysis. | 02-03-2011 |
| 20110026408 | ERROR RATE MANAGEMENT - The invention deals with the adjustment of the nominal target error rate for transmission of data from a priority queue to a new predetermined target error rate depending on the state of the priority queue. Usually, the adjustment to the new predetermined target error rate will be to a predefined lower target error rate based on states of the priority queue, such as amount of data in the priority queue, time passed since the latest transmission of data from the priority queue, whether the amount of data in the priority queue will fit into one transport block, whether the data unit to be transmitted for the priority queue is the first or last data unit in the priority queue and may also be based on the type of data stored in the priority queue. There may be more than one such priority queue. | 02-03-2011 |
| 20110032828 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO RESPOND TO SIGNALING PROTOCOL FAILURES IN TRAFFIC ENGINEERING TUNNELS - Example methods, apparatus and articles of manufacture to respond to signaling protocol failures in traffic engineering (TE) tunnels are disclosed. A disclosed example apparatus includes a database to store a tunnel state for a first TE tunnel, a signaling engine to detect whether a signaling protocol failure associated with the first TE tunnel occurred, and to set the tunnel state to a first logic state when the signaling protocol failure is detected, and a label switching engine to route the data through a multiprotocol label switching (MPLS) based network via a second TE tunnel when the tunnel state is the first logic state, and to route the data through the MPLS-based network via the first TE tunnel when the tunnel state is a second logic state. | 02-10-2011 |
| 20110032829 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING RELEVANCE VALUES FOR A DETECTION OF A FAULT ON A CHIP AND FOR DETERMINING A FAULT PROBABILITY OF A LOCATION ON A CHIP - A method for determining relevance values representing a relevance of a combination of an input node of a first number of input nodes with a measurement node of a second number of measurement nodes for a detection of a fault on a chip applies a third number of tests at the first number of input nodes, measures for each test of the third plurality of tests a signal at each of the second number of measurement nodes to obtain for each measurement node of the second number of measurement nodes a third number of measurement values, and determines the relevance values, wherein each relevance value is calculated based on a correlation between the third number of test input choices defined for the input node of the respective combination and the third number of measurement values associated to the measurement node of the respective combination. | 02-10-2011 |
| 20110038266 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of receiving control information in a wireless communication system includes receiving position information for searching at least one downlink control channel, a downlink control channel carrying control information of at least one user equipment, receiving multiplexed downlink control channel in which a plurality of downlink control channels are sequentially multiplexed and sequentially searching the downlink control channel on the multiplexed downlink control channel according to the position information. The number of detection attempts to detect its own control information can be reduced. | 02-17-2011 |
| 20110044180 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF COMMUNICATION USING RANDOM LINEAR CODING - A communication method using random linear coding is disclosed. The communication method using a random linear code comprises receiving first code blocks randomly linear-coded from a transmitter; demodulating the first code blocks using a decision distance determined in accordance with a channel status; determining whether an error has occurred in the first code blocks, using the decision distance, and transmitting a NACK signal to the transmitter, the NACK signal including information of the number of the code blocks where an error has occurred. Since a block error rate can be controlled in accordance with channel status, throughput can be improved. | 02-24-2011 |
| 20110044181 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING UPLINK SIGNALS - The present invention discloses a method for processing uplink signal. In this method, when a random access channel of a cell where a user equipment (UE) locates is within an uplink pilot timeslot, the UE determining whether there is a conflict between the random access channel and time-frequency position of an uplink channel quality sounding pilot of the UE; and if there is a conflict, the uplink channel quality sounding pilot will not be transmitted by the UE within the uplink pilot timeslot. The present invention also discloses a system and apparatus for processing uplink signal. By applying the method, system and apparatus of the present invention, the interference to detection performance of the random access channel caused by the uplink channel quality sounding pilot will be avoided, thereby increasing the detection performance of the random access channel. | 02-24-2011 |
| 20110058484 | PACKET DECODING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DIGITAL BROADCAST SYSTEM - A packet decoding method and apparatus of a digital broadcast system is provided for improving decoding performance by reordering blocks to be decoded and adjusting a number of decoding iterations of each block. A packet decoding method of the present invention includes measuring Signal-to-Noise Ratios (SNRs) of individual packets within a slot, determining a decoding order of the packets according to the SNRs, and decoding the packets in the decoding order. The decoding method and apparatus of a digital broadcast system according to the present invention performs decoding on the packets having the highest channel estimation performance first with reduced number of decoding iterations and reallocates the saved number of decoding iterations to remaining packets having relatively low channel estimation performance, thereby improving the decoding performance of the received packets. | 03-10-2011 |
| 20110058485 | ANALYZING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEGRADATION THROUGH COMPARISON OF COMMUNICATION LINKS - A system and method of processing information regarding medical devices in wireless communication with each other is provided in which a handheld device has a first wireless communication link with a first medical device, such as a glucose sensor, and a second wireless communication link with a second medical device, such as an insulin pump. A processor in the handheld device monitors the status of the first and second wireless links and upon noting a change in status of either one, compares the first wireless link status with the second wireless link status and provides guidance for resolving a communication problem based on the comparison. The latency of the medical devices is considered as well as the ability to make system status changes, extend time periods before alarms are issued, and the characteristics of the medical devices are considered. | 03-10-2011 |
| 20110058486 | Measuring Noise Power at Wireless Receivers Using Pilot Symbol Information - Embodiments are directed to a wireless receiver system that utilizes a special structure of pilot symbols used for synchronization and channel estimation in transmission packets to measure noise power at the receiver. The periodicity of the pilot signal sequences is used to extract the noise power from the received signal. Such extraction is achieved by subtracting the received signals from two pilot slots which are separated by the known periodicity of the training sequence. This method relies on the fact that desired signal and system interference signals will cancel out after the subtraction process. Measuring the power of the residual signal after subtraction represents the estimate of the noise power. Several consecutive such residual signals can be first summed up before measuring the power to improve the estimate of the noise power at the receiver. To further improve the performance, estimates of the desired signal produced by a channel estimation block can be first subtracted from each of the received signals on two pilot slots which are then to be subtracted and are separated by the known periodicity of the pilot sequence. | 03-10-2011 |
| 20110058487 | MONITORING LINK AGGREGATION LINKS - A device detects a signal condition for a link aggregation group (LAG) link, compares the detected signal condition to a signal threshold range, and enables one of a disabled state or a disabled timer state for the LAG link if the detected signal condition is outside the signal threshold range. | 03-10-2011 |
| 20110063983 | SELF-HEALING FIBRE CHANNEL LINK - A method for verifying the integrity of a communication link is disclosed herein. In selected embodiments, such a method may include detecting, during normal operation of a communication link, a condition indicative of a high failure rate (HFR) on the communication link. The method may further include placing the communication link in an HFR state as a result of the condition. While in HFR state, the method may repeatedly transmit test I/Os over the communication link. The method may then automatically exit HFR state and resume normal operation on the communication link when one or more of the following has occurred: a selected number of test I/Os have been successfully transmitted over the communication link, and a number of test I/Os have been successfully transmitted over the communication link for a selected period of time. A corresponding system, apparatus, and computer program product are also disclosed and claimed herein. | 03-17-2011 |
| 20110063984 | GATEWAY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MAINTAINING A COMMUNICATION CONNECTION THERETHROUGH - A gateway device includes a VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol) card, a standby VoIP card, and a VoIP control card communicating with the VoIP card and the standby VoIP card. Control of a current communication connection is switched from the VoIP card to the standby VoIP card by the VoIP control card when the VoIP card has failed to function. Control of the current communication connection is switched to the standby VoIP card allowing the standby VoIP card to maintain the current communication connection. | 03-17-2011 |
| 20110075567 | METHODS, APPARATUS AND ARTICLES OF MANUFACTURE TO MONITOR COMMUNICATION PATHS IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Example methods, apparatus and articles of manufacture to monitor communication paths in communication systems are disclosed. A disclosed example method includes identifying first and second inter-network communication links of a communication system, identifying a first plurality of router pairs associated with the first inter-network communication link, identifying a second plurality of router pairs associated with the second inter-network communication link, partitioning the first plurality of router pairs into a first subset of router pairs and a second subset of router pairs, partitioning the second plurality of router pairs into a third subset of router pairs and a fourth subset of router pairs, during a first time interval, performing first reachability tests for respective ones of the first and third subsets of router pairs, and during a second time interval, performing second reachability tests for respective ones of the second and fourth subsets of router pairs. | 03-31-2011 |
| 20110075568 | RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN DYNAMIC NETWORK ENVIRONMENTS - A system comprises a communications network configured to support transmission of a plurality of communications streams and a resource manager communicatively coupled to the communications network and configured to provision resources of the communications network to the plurality of communications streams. The system may further comprise a performance test manager communicatively coupled to said communications network and configured to identify a communication stream from said plurality of communications streams, identify a test network path for said identified communication stream that is substantially free of other network traffic, and perform a performance test over said test network path. | 03-31-2011 |
| 20110075569 | OBTAINING PARAMETERS FOR MINIMIZING AN ERROR EVENT PROBABILITY - A set of one or more receiver parameters is adjusted. It is determined whether to adjust the set of receiver parameters. In the event it is determined to adjust the set of receiver parameters, a new set of values is generated for the set of receiver parameters using a cost function (where the cost function does not assume a noise signal in a receive signal to have a particular statistical distribution) and the set of receiver parameters is changed to have the new set of values. | 03-31-2011 |
| 20110075570 | SERVER APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD AND PROGRAM - Disclosed is a server apparatus that receives a stream containing at least a video signal from a first one of two or more terminals that take part to form a group of terminals, copies the received stream or packet in part or entirety thereof, and transmits the so copied stream or packet to those terminals that are different from the first terminal, includes a control packet generation/transmission unit which, in case other terminal takes part anew in the group of terminals halfway during the time of transmitting the copied stream or packet, transmits to the first terminal a command which orders the first terminal to transmit a non-predictive frame. | 03-31-2011 |
| 20110080837 | IMAGE COMMUNICATING APPARATUS - An image communicating apparatus includes a packet control portion that transmits/receives an IFP packet by a T.38 communicating function, and an image communicating control portion. The packet control portion includes a counting unit that counts a total number of received packets and a number of loss packets in the IFP packet. The image communicating control portion includes a calculating unit that calculates a loss ratio of the IFP packet from a rate of the number of loss packets to the total number of received packets which is counted by the counting unit in a receipt of a post message; and a response signal returning unit that returns a retraining negative signal to an apparatus on a transmitting side for the image information in response to the post message, and returns a message confirming signal to the apparatus on the transmitting side in response to the post message. | 04-07-2011 |
| 20110085447 | Handling wrong WEP key and related battery drain and communication exchange failures - A power reduction mechanism in a mobile communications device detects the use of a wrong WEP encryption key in the establishment of a WLAN connection between the mobile device and an access point for both static and dynamic IP WLAN profiles. The power reduction mechanism detects an incorrect WEP key; authentication failure; failure to acquire an IP address for dynamic IP WLAN profiles; decryption errors; and broadcast/multicast frames from the handset not being redirected back to the BSS by the AP. Upon such detection, the mobile device takes one or more power conserving actions, e.g., adding the AP/profile to a ban list; attempting WLAN association for a banned AP/profile at longer intervals than for a non-banned AP/profile; skipping an AP/profile on the ban list for a time duration defined by a timer to conserve power; and flagging the banned AP/profile with a special mark to indicate it is banned. | 04-14-2011 |
| 20110085448 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - Random beams and FFR are used in combination, frequencies are grouped into a zone associated with the center of a cell and a zone associated with the border of the cell, and the random beams are applied only to the zone associated with the border of the cell. Since the number of resources to be allocated to the random beams decreases, a terminal lying on the border of the cell can reduce overhead. Using the zone associated with the center of the cell, beam scheduling can be freely performed within the cell. | 04-14-2011 |
| 20110090800 | ALARM AND EVENT COORDINATION BETWEEN TELECOM NODES - A telecom node ( | 04-21-2011 |
| 20110096671 | Method and Arrangement in a Wireless Communication Network - A user equipment connection supervision method in a user equipment, of a network node initiated random access procedure to force a declaration of connection failure is provided. The user equipment is connected to a wireless communication network via a wireless connection to the network node. After receiving ( | 04-28-2011 |
| 20110103234 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION PROGRAM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - In the past, there has been such a problem that a line failure could not be quickly detected on the basis of the difference between receiving times of a plurality of pieces of information. This communication device capable of solving the problem is provided with a control means which receives, from an opposite device connected through first and second lines, first information transmitted through the first line, and second information transmitted simultaneously with the first information through the second line, and a detection means which detects the line failure of the second line from the lapse of a first monitoring time without receiving the second information by the control means, after the reception of the first information. | 05-05-2011 |
| 20110110241 | PRESENTATION OF A SELECTED PORT - Back pressure is mapped within a network, and primary bottlenecks are distinguished from dependent bottlenecks. Further, the presently disclosed technology is capable of performing network healing operations designed to reduce the data load on primary bottlenecks while ignoring dependent bottlenecks. Still further, the presently disclosed technology teaches identifying and/or suggesting a switch port for adding a node to the network. More specifically, various implementations analyze traffic load and back pressure in a network, identify primary and dependent bottlenecks, resolve the primary bottlenecks, collect new node parameters, and/or select a switch port for the new node. Further, a command can be sent to a selected switch to activate an indicator on the selected port. New node parameters may include new node type, maximum load, minimum load, time of maximum load, time of minimum load and type of data associated with the new node. | 05-12-2011 |
| 20110116385 | NETWORK CONNECTIVITY MANAGEMENT - Network connectivity management includes monitoring a circuit, wherein the circuit is a virtual connection between multiple networks via a provider core network. A device receives a plurality of network management messages associated with the circuit, and a determination is made regarding whether the circuit is experiencing a connectivity issue based on the network management messages. When it is determined that the circuit is experiencing a connectivity issue, then certain actions can be initiated. | 05-19-2011 |
| 20110116386 | TRANSMISSION CONTROL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a communication system that includes a control terminal (CT), a relay apparatus (RA), and a plurality user equipment (UE) that wirelessly communicate with the CT through the RA, a method for performing transmission control includes the CT receiving an RA-CT downlink signal that originated from a UE, determining a frequency-of-arrival (FoA) error from the RA-CT downlink signal (where the FoA error results at least in part from an error in a UE time reference with respect to a CT time reference), and providing, to the UE, a transmit frequency control (TFC) feedback signal that indicates the error in the UE time reference. The UE produces an adjusted UE uplink carrier frequency signal that compensates for the error in the UE time reference as indicated in the TFC feedback signal, and upconverts and transmits a UE-RA uplink signal using the adjusted UE uplink carrier frequency signal. | 05-19-2011 |
| 20110116387 | Systems and Methods for Locating Power Network Failures on a Network - Systems and methods for locating a possible failure on a power network are provided. In one embodiment, a method may include determining that a possible power network failure exists based on a first group of network devices without battery back-up capabilities having an inactive status and a second groups of network devices with battery back-up capabilities having an active status on a communications network, wherein each of the network devices are adapted for receiving at least primary power from a power network; determining addresses for at least a portion of the first or the second groups of network devices; locating the addresses on a power network grid topology; and identifying at least one power network component or power network segment as a possible power network failure location based on locations of the at least a portion of the first or the second groups of network devices. | 05-19-2011 |
| 20110122774 | Time or Condition-Based Reestablishment of a Secure Connection - A home router configured to determine that a secure connection between the home router and a remote server has failed is disclosed herein. The home router is also configured to attempt to reestablish the secure connection after a pre-determined time or upon determining that a network condition has been met. | 05-26-2011 |
| 20110122775 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ANALYZING AND QUALIFYING ROUTES IN PACKET NETWORKS - Routes of a packet network are analyzed according to various transit delay metrics. Preferred packet network routes are selected between source and destination based on these metrics. In packet networks employing boundary clocks and transparent clocks, faulty boundary clocks and faulty transparent clocks are identified using the metrics. | 05-26-2011 |
| 20110134759 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK POWER IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for uplink power control performed by a mobile station (MS) in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes dividing a frequency band for uplink transmission into a plurality of frequency partitions, obtaining a path loss weight for each of the plurality of frequency partitions, and determining transmit power for each of the frequency partitions on the basis of the path loss weight. Overall system performance can be improved. | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110134760 | SWITCH APPARATUS AND NETWORK SYSTEM - A switch apparatus providing with a loop detection function sets a port identification to a port which activates the loop detection function, only receives the loop detection frame by a high-order port in the switch apparatus connected with a backbone network or a high-order switch apparatus on the basis of the port identification set previously, and controls an inactivation of a sending source low-order port that sent the loop detection frame, when the loop detection frame is received by the high-order port. | 06-09-2011 |
| 20110141912 | FIELD CORRECTIVE ACTION BASED ON PART LIFE DURATIONS - A method and system determine if a failed part failed prematurely by evaluating whether the failed part failed within one of a plurality of predetermined threshold usage ranges. The predetermined threshold ranges are less than a predicted full useful life of the failed part. Therefore, if the part failed within one of the usage ranges it would be considered to have failed before its predicted full useful life and to have failed prematurely. If the failed part failed prematurely, the method cross-references a service recommendation table to identify a service recommendation based on which of the predetermined threshold usage ranges the failed part failed within. The service recommendation table provides different service recommendations for different predetermined threshold usage ranges of different parts. The service recommendations are often recommendations that adjust or replace items other than the failed part itself. Thus, the service recommendations address the root cause that may have caused the part to fail prematurely. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110141913 | Systems and Methods for Providing Fault Detection and Management - Methods and systems for providing fault detection and management are disclosed. A system includes a web-based interface that allows a user to access all elements of a customer service network, which spans multiple networks, departments, and external partners. The system, and thereby the user, is able to manage almost all aspects of the network, thereby giving the user end-to-end customer experience issue management. Real time and archived events are utilized, in some embodiments, for root cause analysis and/or process and/or performance improvement. Events from differing transport, platform, technology and OSI model levels are correlated for optimal customer experience monitoring alarming and analysis. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110141914 | Systems and Methods for Providing Ethernet Service Circuit Management - Methods and systems for providing Ethernet service circuit management are disclosed. A system includes a network and a root cause analysis system (RCAS). Device, link, and network topologies are developed for all devices in the network and are stored at a desired data storage location. When an alarm is received by the RCAS, the RCAS retrieves the device, link, and network topologies, and performs a root cause analysis based upon the topologies and one or more rules. Depending upon the outcome of the root cause analysis, some alarms may be consolidated, suppressed, and/or reported to the appropriate network personnel. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110141915 | APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR DETECTING ANOMALOUS EVENT IN NETWORK - IP state-vector manager determines state vector value by updating token numbers of IP state vector according to source and destination IP addresses of the received packet, and obtains state number of state vector value by counting state vector value. Port-number state-vector manager determines state vector value by updating token numbers of port-number state vector according to source and destination token numbers of packet, and obtains state number of state vector value by counting state vector value. Entropy calculator calculates entropies related to IP address and port number, based on number and state number of state vector values related to IP state vector and port-number state vector. Anomalous event determiner determines whether there is anomalous event in network based on calculated entropies. Anomalous event can be efficiently detected with minimized false negative and positive rates. | 06-16-2011 |
| 20110149743 | Network distribution prevention when virtual chassis system undergoes splits and merges - A method performed by network devices that includes operating in a normal mode, where the network devices form a virtual chassis that corresponds to a single logical network device; detecting when a failure within the virtual chassis occurs; executing a splitting process to form one or more new virtual chassis in correspondence to the failure; determining whether one of the one or more new virtual chassis operates as a functioning virtual chassis based on whether at least one of a set of criteria is satisfied, where the functioning virtual chassis operates according to resources configured for the virtual chassis; and operating as a nonfunctioning virtual chassis when it is determined that the one of the one or more virtual chassis does not satisfy the at least one of the set of criteria, where the nonfunctioning virtual chassis operates in a pass-through mode. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110149744 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DIRECTING THE INSTALLATION OF VOIP DEVICES - A method and apparatus for directing the installation of a VoIP system. The method comprises performing one or more connectivity tests using a VoIP device to determine if the VoIP system is functional, receiving one or more inputs, determining a system status, and providing one or more instructional prompts. The inputs indicate the results of the one or more connectivity tests. The status is determined from the one or more results using the VoIP device. The instructional prompts are displayed in accordance with the determined status. The apparatus comprises means for performing one or more connectivity tests using a VoIP device, means for receiving input indicating one or more results for the one or more connectivity tests, means for determining a status for the VoIP system from the one or more results using the VoIP device, and means for providing instructional prompts for display depending upon the determined system status. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110149745 | Detecting and classifying anomalies in communication networks - The invention relates to a method of detecting an anomaly in traffic containing a plurality of flows. Each flow has a plurality of flow features. The method including the steps of: (i) dividing the traffic into a plurality of sets, on the basis a first flow feature, such that the flows in at least one of the sets have a common value for the first flow feature (ii) determining that the anomaly is present in one of the sets and, (iii) dividing the set in which the anomaly is present on the basis of a second flow feature, such that the flows in at least one of the resulting sets have a common value for the second flow feature. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110149746 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF MONITORING PACKET STREAM IN ROUTER USING PACKET IDENTITY CHECKING - Provided is a scheme for extracting and detecting a predetermined traffic packet by monitoring a packet stream in a router, more particularly, a method and apparatus of monitoring a packet stream in a router. The apparatus may include a packet stream reading unit to read a packet stream inputted to the router, and an abnormal packet detecting unit to determine whether the read packet stream is abnormal. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110149747 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING BIT ERROR RATE CHARACTERIZATION - An approach is provided for bit error rate characterization. A test signal representing one or more Ethernet frames exhibiting a particular bit error rate is generated. The test signal is output to a device under test. Traffic is received from the device under test. A determination is made as to whether a link failure condition exists at a port on an Ethernet switch. | 06-23-2011 |
| 20110158105 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING AND LOCALIZING AN ANOMALY FOR A NETWORK - A method and apparatus for detecting and localizing an anomaly for a network are disclosed. For example, the method sends a first set of probe packets on at least one path of the network, and detects a performance anomaly on a first path of the at least one path. The method then identifies at least one link on the first path that is responsible for the performance anomaly by applying a second set of probe packets. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110158106 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR GENERATING A PUSH-UP ALERT OF FAULT CONDITIONS IN THE DISTRIBUTION OF DATA IN A HIERARCHICAL DATABASE - Embodiments relate to systems and methods for generating a push-up alert of fault conditions in the distribution of data in a hierarchical database. Higher-level data, such as yearly profit, may be desired to be spread from parent nodes to lower nodes, such as quarters, in a hierarchical data store. Parent nodes can be associated with a set of programmatic placeholder nodes. A spreading tool can insert child nodes representing quarters, months, or other insertion point(s) encoded by a set of placeholder nodes, dividing quantities appropriately. The spreading tool can access or host logic to ensure that data is spread in an order that takes dependencies, formatting, or other factors into account. The spreading tool can also be configured to detect numerical errors, logical errors, or other faults and attempt to identify conflicting rules or other sources of error. Those rules can be automatically removed and/or removed via user selection. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110158107 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR FINDING - A method and system for finding a source failure node in a traceable network. The method includes: determining a possible source failure node according to a leaf node that has an exception, wherein the possible source failure node is a node that is most likely to cause the exception; selecting a target node to receive an investigation result corresponding to the target node, wherein the investigation result indicates whether the target node has the same exception; receiving the investigation result corresponding to the target node and updating the traceable network according to the investigation result; and returning to the step of determining a possible source failure node, if it can not be verified according to the updated traceable network that the possible source failure node is the source failure node causing the exception. | 06-30-2011 |
| 20110164507 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR SUPPORTING HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST (HARQ) AND DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD - Disclosed is a radio communication system and a data transmission method, which facilitates to improve reliability and efficiency of the communication system by the use of HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request), wherein the data transmission method using an HARQ method comprises determining a service class in a service flow of a data packet to be transmitted; setting a target PER according to the service class; and determining whether or not the data packet is re-transmitted based on the target PER. | 07-07-2011 |
| 20110170422 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COORDINATED MULTI-POINT NETWORK OPERATION TO REDUCE RADIO LINK FAILURE - A system and method for implementing call handover (HO) is disclosed. A user equipment (UE) may be configured to communicate with a wireless communication network. The UE is configured to transmit a measurement report to at least one of a serving cell and at least one cell of a coordinated multi-point (CoMP) cell set. The UE is configured to listen for an HO command from a serving cell. The HO command identifies a target cell. The UE is configured to detect a radio link failure between the UE and the serving cell, listen for an HO command from a first cell in the CoMP cell set for a first time duration, and, when an HO command is received from the first cell in the CoMP cell set within the first time duration, perform handover to the target cell identified in the HO command. | 07-14-2011 |
| 20110170423 | Method for Updating Information Regarding Network Nodes Serving a Tracking Area - The present invention relates to a method in a radio base station ( | 07-14-2011 |
| 20110170424 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR INTERFERENCE MITIGATION AND COORDINATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Apparatus and methods for interference mitigation in a wireless network, such as e.g., a wireless LAN. In one embodiment, substantially centralized RF spectrum monitoring is used as a basis of enabling interference mitigation for, e.g., mobile units such as computer and smartphones within the wireless network. | 07-14-2011 |
| 20110170425 | RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a radio communication device capable of improving the usage efficiency of resources in multi-stage relay to reduce the amount of delay of a relay signal and improving the reception quality of signals by a relay station or a base station. A transmission determining unit | 07-14-2011 |
| 20110170426 | LSP PING AND TRACEROUTE FOR BYPASS TUNNELS - A method performed by a network device may include assembling a multiprotocol label switching (MPLS) echo request, the echo request including an instruction for a transit node to forward the echo request via a bypass path associated with the transit node, and an instruction for an egress node to send an echo reply indicating that the echo request was received on the bypass path. The method may also include sending the MPLS echo request over a functioning label switched path (LSP). | 07-14-2011 |
| 20110176430 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRIGGERING MEASUREMENTS OF OTHER RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGIES (RATS) - Automatic setting and/or adjusting of the threshold(s) for triggering measurements of signal strength/quality of other RATs that are needed for IRAT mobility is described. The setting and/or adjusting of the threshold(s) triggering IRAT measurements is automatically optimized and preferably performed for each BS. Initially, constraints on the optimization of the IRAT measurement triggering threshold(s) are set, and a start value for the optimization of the IRAT measurement triggering threshold(s) is provided or determined. Input information needed for the optimization of the IRAT measurement triggering threshold(s) are then collected, and new IRAT measurement triggering threshold(s) are determined and set or existing IRAT measurement triggering threshold(s) are adjusted if appropriate. Operator expenses for adjusting the IRAT measurement triggering threshold(s) to appropriate values are thereby reduced as compared to manual setting, and the efficiency loss caused by non-optimized IRAT measurement triggering threshold(s) is reduced or minimized. | 07-21-2011 |
| 20110182187 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING COOPERATIVE DIVERSITY USING CYCLIC DELAY - A wireless communication system and method of performing cooperative diversity using cyclic delay is provided. A transmitting terminal constituting the wireless communication system includes: a data transmitter configured to transmit data to each of at least one relay terminal and a receiving terminal; an error detection result receiver to receive an error detection result from a relay terminal that detects an error in the data among the at least one relay terminal; and a data retransmitter configured to retransmit data to the receiving terminal when it is determined each of the at least one relay terminal detects the error in the data based on the error detection result. | 07-28-2011 |
| 20110182188 | FAILURE DISPLAY METHOD, FAILURE SETTING DEVICE AND MONITOR CONTROL DEVICE - To provide an apparatus capable of receiving the signals different in various services and various signal types to facilitate an isolation of a fault location. To provide a layer integrated device in which a maintenance person can arbitrarily select a maintenance method for a maintenance according to needs for maintenance of an individual layers or needs for maintenance with a result of performing an inter-layer processing. A setting screen on which the maintenance person can select a layer type to manage and a management method is mounted on a setting device. The maintenance person selects and sets a layer integrated setting or a layer individual setting on a display section and a setting section. From a set result of the maintenance person, the setting device or an NE performs a corresponding process and displays a failure indication. | 07-28-2011 |
| 20110188381 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM BASED ON TDD - A method of transmitting data in time division duplex (TDD) system is provided. The method includes configuring a radio frame, the radio frame comprising downlink subframes and an uplink subframe, wherein the downlink subframes are assigned for downlink transmission and the uplink subframe is assigned for uplink transmission, transmitting downlink data on the downlink subframes, and receiving in the uplink subframe acknowledgement (ACK)/negative-acknowledgement (NACK) signals corresponding to the downlink subframes, wherein at least one of the downlink subframes includes an indicator, the indicator indicating transmission of other downlink subframes than the at least one of the downlink suframes. A basic rule about allocation of uplink subframes and downlink subframes can be provided. | 08-04-2011 |
| 20110188382 | METHOD FOR DETECTING HARDWARE FAULTS BY DETERMINING A RATIO OF RELEASED CONNECTIONS - The present invention provides a method of detecting a faulty network element in a network, the network comprising at least a plurality of first network elements having a first network element type, and at least a plurality of second network elements having a second network element type. The method comprises the steps of: a) selecting one of the plurality of first network elements and one of the plurality of second network elements; b) attempting to set up a connection between said selected first network element and said selected second network element; c) repeating steps a) and b) for further selected first and second network elements; d) for each of the plurality of first network elements and for each of the plurality of second network elements, counting a number of connections that are released as the result of a fault; and e) for a particular one of the first or second network elements, on the basis of said number of connections that are released in said particular network element as a result of a fault, determining whether said particular network element is faulty. | 08-04-2011 |
| 20110194415 | METHOD FOR OPERATING A MESH-TYPE NETWORK, PARTICULARLY AS DEFINED IN AN IEEE 802.11S STANDARD, FORMED BY A PLURALITY OF NETWORK NODES - The invention relates to a method for operating a mesh-type network, particularly as defined in an IEEE 802.11s standard, formed by a plurality of network nodes, said network operating at least a first network node that functions as access point for stations which are dissociated from the network and a second network node that functions as connector point for stations that are dissociated from the network. When switching a dissociated station from a radio service area of the first network node to the radio service area of the second network node in said mesh network, an updating of allocation information of nodes based on a routing failure message which is defined according to a routing protocole valid for the mesh network is carried out. | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110194416 | COMMUNICATIONS CONTROL METHOD, SIGNAL GENERATING APPARATUS, AND RADIO COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SIGNAL GENERATING APPARATUS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method of controlling communications is disclosed. The method includes a step of determining whether reception of information from a mobile station is normal; a step of generating a first signal when it is determined to be normal, generating a second signal when it is determined to be abnormal and when the mobile station is instructed to retransmit information using a first radio resource used in previous transmission, and when it is determined to be abnormal and when the mobile station is instructed to retransmit the information using a second radio resource different from the first radio resource, generating the first signal and a third signal including information on the second radio resource; and a step of transmitting any one of the first signal, the second signal, and a combination of the first signal and the third signal, the first signal and the second signal and the combination of the first signal and the third signal being generated by the step of generating. | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110194417 | SYSTEM AND METHOD TO PROVIDE AGGREGATED ALARM INDICATION SIGNALS - In an example embodiment, a method and system to provide aggregated alarm indication signals is provided. In example embodiments, an affected intermediate node detects a signal failure. A list of affected networks is determined, and a single aggregated alarm indication signal (AIS) message is generated per MEG level. The aggregated AIS message is then multicast to affected nodes. Instead of sending one AIS message per affected network, a single aggregated AIS message from the affected intermediate node may be generated and sent regardless of the number of affected networks. | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110194418 | IDENTIFICATION OF A FAULT - An apparatus, method, and system are provided for determining a location of an error source. Equalization coefficients may be retrieved and an average period of time between localized peak amplitudes may be determined. The average period of time may be multiplied by a velocity of propagation associated with a communication channel to determine an approximate location of the error source. The equalization coefficients may correspond to the inverse of the frequency response associated with the communication channel and may be updated over time using replacement or combination (e.g., convolution) techniques. | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110194419 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR EFFICIENT MULTICAST TRANSMISSION USING ADAPTIVE MODULATION AND CODING MECHANISM - Disclosed is a wireless communication system for efficient multicast transmission using an AMC scheme. The wireless communication system and the AMC scheme enable a user participating in a multicast group to be provided with efficient service, and provide more users with a multicast broadcast service through the AMC scheme using a proposed group MCS level determination algorithm. | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110194420 | METHOD FOR EFFICIENTLY PERFORMING COVERAGE LOSS OPERATION DURING SLEEP MODE IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method for detecting coverage loss during a sleep mode of a mobile station and an apparatus for performing the same are disclosed. The method for detecting coverage loss of a mobile station, which is operated in a sleep mode, in a broadband wireless access system comprises the steps of awaking regardless of a sleep window of a sleep cycle at a first time when a super frame header (SFH) is transmitted from a serving base station; detecting the super frame header; and operating for the sleep window or listening window in accordance with the sleep cycle if the detected result is successful, and awaking until the super frame header is successfully detected if the detected result is failed. | 08-11-2011 |
| 20110199911 | Network fault detection system - A network fault detection system includes a parameter extractor and a fault classifier. The extractor extracts a parameter value of a parameter for use in a classification feature vector from a packet received from a network. The parameter value relates to at least one of a first value for a first parameter associated with loss of packets, a second value for a second parameter associated with jitter among packets, and a third value for a third parameter associated with a characteristic of the occurrence of the loss of packets. The classifier determines whether or not a fault has occurred in the network and classifies the fault by type, based on numerical conditions and the parameter value. | 08-18-2011 |
| 20110199912 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING ALARMS BETWEEN DEVICES OF A PACKET NETWORK - A system and method for communicating failures in a metro Ethernet network (MEN). Packets are communicated through multiple maintenance entities. A determination is made that there is a failure between or at one of the multiple maintenance entities. An alarm is generated at a maintenance entity nearest the failure in response to determining there is a failure. The alarm indicates a location of the failure. The alarm is communicated back through one or more of the multiple maintenance entities to a maintenance end point. The alarm is routed at least two a communications service provider determined to be associated with the failure. | 08-18-2011 |
| 20110205908 | METHOD FOR DETECTING FAILURES OF RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURES - A method of performing a random access channel (RACH) procedure between a mobile terminal and a network includes the steps of detecting whether a random access response (RAR) is received from the network within a certain time period, the RAR including information about a random access channel (RACH) preamble transmitted to the network; and if the RAR is not received within the certain time period or if the information about the transmitted RACH preamble included in the RAR does not match the transmitted RACH preamble, performing a first procedure to detect failures in the RACH procedure; and if the RAR is received within the certain time period and if the information about the transmitted RACH preamble included in the RAR matches the transmitted RACH preamble, performing a second procedure to detect failures in the RACH procedure. | 08-25-2011 |
| 20110211458 | MOBILE STATION, RADIO BASE STATION, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a mobile station (UE) according to the present invention, a radio link failure state determination unit determines whether or not the mobile station (UE) is in a radio link failure state, based on a downlink synchronization state and a discontinuous reception state parameter, when the mobile station (UE) is in a discontinuous reception state. The radio link failure state determination unit determines whether or not the mobile station (UE) is in the radio link failure state, based on the downlink synchronization state and a non-discontinuous reception state parameter, when the mobile station (UE) is not in the discontinuous reception state. | 09-01-2011 |
| 20110216658 | SYNCHRONIZATION IN A WIRELESS NODE - A wireless node clock is periodically synchronized with a wireless access point clock. The wireless access point clock is globally synchronized with other access points in a network. Failure of the access point is detected. A search is performed for a beacon signal of a neighboring wireless access point that is associated with the network. The neighboring access point also has a globally synchronized clock. The wireless node clock is synchronized with the globally synchronized clock of the neighboring wireless access point. | 09-08-2011 |
| 20110228681 | INPUT/OUTPUT CONNECTION DEVICE, INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, AND METHOD FOR INSPECTING INPUT/OUTPUT DEVICE - An input/output connection device includes a generating section which generates an inspection packet that has a tag that uniquely identifies the packet, a transmitting section which transmits the inspection packet to the input/output device, a receiving section which receives a packet, a first determining section which determines, on the basis of a tag of the packet received by the receiving section, whether or not the received packet is a packet transmitted in response to the inspection packet transmitted by the transmitting section, and a second determining section which analyzes the received packet and determines whether or not the input/output device is normal when the first determining section determines that the received packet is the packet transmitted in response to the inspection packet. | 09-22-2011 |
| 20110235523 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR EXTENDING ROUTING DOMAIN TO NON-ROUTING END STATIONS - A system is provided for facilitating assignment of a virtual routing node identifier to a non-routing node. During operation, the system assigns to a non-routing node coupled to a switch a virtual routing node identifier unique to the non-routing node. In addition, the system communicates reachability information corresponding to the virtual routing node identifier to other switches in the network. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110235524 | AGGREGATING DATA TRAFFIC FROM ACCESS DOMAINS - According to one embodiment, a first message identifying a best root node of a spanning tree may be generated. The spanning tree may be implemented by an access domain. The message may be generated independently of a spanning tree protocol instance. The first aggregation node may transmit the first message to a plurality of access nodes of the access domain. Data traffic from the plurality of access nodes may be received. Each access node of the plurality of access nodes may implement a spanning tree protocol instance that selects the best root node as a root node of the spanning tree. The data traffic may be aggregated with other data traffic of a plurality of access domains, and the aggregated data traffic transmitted to an aggregation network. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110235525 | MONITORING APPARATUS, MONITORING METHOD, AND MONITORING PROGRAM - A monitoring apparatus that identifies a failure path in a network including a relay device includes a packet receiving unit configured to receive packets that are transmitted in the network and an identification unit configured to, when deterioration of quality is detected between a transmission source subnetwork and a destination subnetwork of the received packet based on information included in the received packet received by the packet receiving unit, perform a quality measurement on a plurality of packets that are estimated to be routed through different paths among a plurality of transmission paths between the transmission source subnetwork and the destination subnetwork based on a transmission source address or a destination address so as to identify which packet is a packet that is routed through the failure path. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110235526 | METHOD, SYSTEM, AND NETWORK ELEMENT DEVICE FOR CONFIGURING ALARM PERFORMANCE - A method, a system, and a network element device for configuring alarm performance are provided. The method for configuring the alarm performance includes the following steps. A network element on a Label Switched Path (LSP) acquires a signaling, where the signaling carries alarm performance configuration information of the LSP; and the network element configures an alarm performance attribute of the network element according to the alarm performance configuration information of the LSP carried in the signaling. Accordingly, a system and a network element device for configuring alarm performance are provided. Thus, automatic alarm performance configuration of the LSP can be implemented by transmitting the signaling along the network elements on the LSP and carrying the alarm performance configuration information in the signaling, thereby reducing a workload for a user to perform the alarm performance configuration. | 09-29-2011 |
| 20110235527 | MULTICHANNEL CONTROLLER MODULE - The invention relates to a multichannel controller module for integrated modular avionics, having at least two channels,
| 09-29-2011 |
| 20110242986 | WIRELESS CONNECTION CONTROL - Controlling a wireless connection of a mobile wireless communication device to a wireless communication network. When the mobile wireless communication device is connected to a base transceiver station through a radio frequency link, the mobile wireless communication device detects a signal quality of the radio frequency link. If the detected signal quality is at or below a first threshold and decreasing over a first detection time interval, then the mobile wireless communication device estimates a maximum response time interval until the detected signal quality of the radio frequency link is below a second threshold. The mobile wireless communication device delays transmitting only those control messages that cause the wireless communication network to respond to subsequent control messages beyond the estimated maximum response time interval. | 10-06-2011 |
| 20110242987 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR NETWORK OPTIMIZATION - A mobile station (MS) used in a wireless communication system collects communication metrics data during a call session and stores the communication metrics data in the MS at the time that a session is disrupted. When a new communication link is established, the MS transmits the stored communication metrics. The communication metrics and other data relating to the disrupted communication session may be analyzed to determine which communication metrics were operating at abnormal values and determine the probability that a particular communication metric was related to the cause of the session disruption. The communication metrics values and probability metrics values may be used to determine a likely cause for the session disruption. | 10-06-2011 |
| 20110242988 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING PSEUDOWIRE GROUP LABELS IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - An example method includes identifying a fault condition in a network, and evaluating pseudowires affected by the fault condition in order to make a determination as to whether an aggregate failure occurred in the network for a group of pseudowires. The method also includes communicating a group message indicating that the group of pseudowires is associated with the fault condition. The group message includes a group identification (ID), which identifies the group of pseudowires, and the group message includes a pseudowire group label identifying an in-band aggregate channel. More specifically, the pseudowire group label can be applicable to static pseudowires. In more detailed embodiments, the group ID identifies the group of pseudowires that are associated with an attachment circuit, a label switched path, or a port. Internal mappings can be maintained such that a plurality of pseudowires is mapped to individual interfaces of network elements in the network. | 10-06-2011 |
| 20110242989 | System And Method Of Detecting And Locating Intermittent And Other Faults - Data associated with at least one building condition or status is sensed by one or more sensors. The data from these sensors may be sent over a data bus and received by the central computer. In addition, a modulated signal may be transmitted by one or both of the transmitters across the data bus. The modulated signal is received at the receiver, which analyzes the received modulated signal, and determines whether an intermittent fault has occurred on the data bus based upon the analyzing. For example, the receiver may compare the received signal to an expected pattern and when a discrepancy exists, an intermittent fault is determined to exist. The receiver may also determine the location of the fault based upon the analysis. | 10-06-2011 |
| 20110242990 | Method and Apparatus in a Telecommunications Network for Controlling Uplink Control Channel - The present invention provides a method and a radio base station ( | 10-06-2011 |
| 20110242991 | METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM FOR PROCESSING BORDER GATEWAY PROTOCOL ROUTE - A method, device, and system for processing Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) route are provided, which relate to the field of network communication technologies. The method includes: receiving a BGP route sent by a BGP neighbor; obtaining a route prefix of the BGP route according to the BGP route; determining, according to the route prefix, a BGP route storing and processing module corresponding to the route prefix; and sending the BGP route to the determined BGP route storing and processing module, so that the BGP route storing and processing module processes the received BGP route. A device and a system for processing BGP route are also provided. Therefore, the processing efficiency of the BGP route is improved, and the high extensibility is realized. | 10-06-2011 |
| 20110249568 | BACKOFF ADJUSTMENT METHOD FOR MAC SYSTEM - According to various aspects, a method and system provides an enhanced backoff strategy wherein a backoff period may be determined based on an estimated channel condition if a transmission error is not attributed to a frame collision. | 10-13-2011 |
| 20110249569 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, TRANSMITTING DEVICE, RECEIVING DEVICE, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication system which superposes and transfers a wireless multicarrier signal including a plurality of subcarriers is provided with: a transmitting device which performs allocation of predetermined data generated based on transmission data to both a non-superposed band which is a frequency band in which no interference signal is present and a superposed band which is a frequency band in which the interference signal is present, or to the non-superposed band while giving a higher priority to the non-superposed band, and generates and transmits the multicarrier signal based on the allocation; and a receiving device which receives the multicarrier signal transmitted from the transmitting device. | 10-13-2011 |
| 20110255418 | Method and System for Detecting Failures of Network Nodes - Systems and methods for detecting device failures in a network having nodes coupled to a central controller, in which a first of the nodes communicates with the central controller via a second of the nodes. When the second node determines that the first node has not transmitted a predetermined number of messages over a predefined number of time periods, the second node provides a failure alert to the central controller. The central controller records a failure alert received from the second node in a log. Based on a set of failure alerts received from a number of nodes recorded in the log, the central controller determines whether the first node has failed. | 10-20-2011 |
| 20110255419 | SWITCHING DEVICE AND LOOPBACK DETECTING METHOD - A switching device transmits a link code word to the partner device by one Ethernet port of the switching device for automatic negotiation with a partner device. The switching device receives a first response link code word, changes the link code word, transmits the changed link code word to the partner device, and receives a second response link code word. The switching device determines the Ethernet port of the switching device experiences loopback upon the condition that the first response link code word is unequal to the second response link code. | 10-20-2011 |
| 20110255420 | METHODS OF PACKET ELEMENT TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method of packet element transmission for a mobile device of a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes detecting errors of a received protocol data unit, comprising a plurality of control elements and a plurality of service data units, according to order of the plurality of control elements and the plurality of service data units. | 10-20-2011 |
| 20110261701 | MONITORING A MOBILE DATA SERVICE ASSOCIATED WITH A MAILBOX - Methods and apparatus enable monitoring a mobile data service, and in particular monitoring an operational status of a relationship between a mobile gateway account on a mobile gateway and a mailbox on a messaging server. The operational status may be based on an initialization state of the mobile gateway account on a mobile gateway and a mailbox status of an associated mailbox on a messaging server. In one embodiment, the mailbox status may be determined based on mailbox errors indicative that a mobile gateway is unable to access the mailbox on the messaging server. In one embodiment a mobile gateway detects mailbox errors based on mailbox protocol error messages and sends an error notification to a monitoring system. Also provided are error notifications for facilitating, in a monitoring system, the correlation of mailbox errors with mobile gateway accounts. | 10-27-2011 |
| 20110267962 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PREDICTIVE DESIGNATED ROUTER HANDOVER IN A MULTICAST NETWORK - A method for predictive designated router (DR) handover in a multicast network is described herein. The network includes one or more sources, one or more receivers, a rendezvous point (RP) network device, a DR network device, and a plurality of DR-capable network devices. A prediction of failover of the DR network device is determined, prior to an occurrence of failover. In response to the prediction, a protocol independent multicast (PIM) Hello packet that relinquishes the DR role is transmitted. A determination is made as to whether a DR-capable network device is present in the multicast network. | 11-03-2011 |
| 20110267963 | Apparatus and method of user equipment relocation - A method for relocating User Equipment (UE). The method includes a Source Home Node B (S-HNB) sending a Radio Access Network Application Part (RANAP) Relocation Required message and a RANAP Relocation Request message encapsulated in a RANAP User Adaptation (RUA) Direct Transfer message to an HNB gateway (HNB GW). The method also includes the HNB GW sending the RANAP Relocation Request message encapsulated in a RUA Direct Transfer message or in a RUA Connection message to a target HNB (T-HNB). The relocation method may have several advantages. For example, the HNB GW is not required to store a large amount of UE Context, thereby reducing the burden of the HNB GW. The interaction with the CN is decreased, thereby reducing the burden of the CN. The HNB GW is not required to construct RANAP relocation messages, thereby reducing the complexity of the HNB GW. | 11-03-2011 |
| 20110267964 | ANOMALY DETECTION FOR PACKET-BASED NETWORKS - Disclosed herein is an anomaly detection method for a packet-based network which includes several network resources, also called network-related software objects. The method includes monitoring the network resources of the packet-based network, ordering the monitored network resources according to a given ordering criterion, and detecting an anomaly in the packet-based network based on the ordered network resources. In particular, detecting an anomaly includes forming a detection feature vector based on the ordered network resources, and feeding the detection feature vector to a machine learning system configured to detect an anomaly in the packet-based network based on the detection feature vector. The detection feature vector includes detection feature items related to corresponding monitored network resources, and arranged in the detection feature vector depending on the ordering of the corresponding monitored network resources. Conveniently, the machine learning system is a one-class classifier, preferably a one-class Support Vector Machine (OC-SVM). | 11-03-2011 |
| 20110273996 | WIRELESS APPARATUS FOR A MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - A wireless apparatus for a multi-carrier system is disclosed. The wireless apparatus comprises; a control channel unit which monitors a control channel transmitted via at least one carrier from among a plurality of carriers; and a data channel unit which transmits or receives data packets to or from a data channel using the resource allocation received from the control channel. The control channel unit monitors the control channel in a plurality of search space in a subframe. | 11-10-2011 |
| 20110292812 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RADIO LINK CONTROL IN CELLULAR RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for determining radio link failure between the UE and the eNB in a wireless communication system. Particularly, the present invention provides a method and apparatus for determining radio link failure efficiently in such a way that the UE measures the radio link quality of the anchor carrier, the radio link qualities of the aggregated carriers, and the radio link quality of neighbor cells in order, and determines whether the radio link quality fulfills a predetermined condition. | 12-01-2011 |
| 20110305143 | MAXIMUM TRANSMISSION UNIT (MTU) SIZE DISCOVERY MECHANISM AND METHOD FOR DATA-LINK LAYERS - An L2 Ethernet end-station and MTU size discovery method are described herein that are capable of discovering a Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) size for each Data Link Layer (DLL) connection to other similarly capable L2 Ethernet end-stations. | 12-15-2011 |
| 20110310746 | COMMUNICATION NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD AND MANAGEMENT COMPUTER - A management computer has: a storage unit in which a route information indicating a transfer route of frames in the communication network is stored; and a monitoring unit. The monitoring unit refers to the route information to transmit a frame to the transfer route and performs identification processing that identifies a location of a failure on the transfer route. First to N-th nodes (N is an integer equal to or more than 3) line up in order along the transfer route. The i-th node (i=1 to N−1) forwards a received frame to the (i+1)-th node, and the N-th node forwards a received frame to the management computer. In the identification processing, the monitoring unit sets at least one node between the first node and the N-th node as an insertion node. Then, the monitoring unit transmits a frame to the insertion node each, and identifies the location of the failure based on reception state of a frame from the N-th node. | 12-22-2011 |
| 20120002554 | TEST METHOD AND TEST DEVICE - A test method according to the present invention includes: a first step of determining whether or not the mobile station detects the problem in a radio link state, when a radio quality is changed from a first state where the radio quality is equal to or more than a first threshold value to a second state where the radio quality is equal to or less than the first threshold value; and a second step of determining whether or not the mobile station does not detect the problem in a radio link state, when the radio quality is changed to a third state where the radio quality is equal to more than a second threshold value, after a lapse of a first time interval from a time point at which the radio quality is changed from the first state to the second state. | 01-05-2012 |
| 20120008506 | DETECTING INTERMITTENT NETWORK LINK FAILURES - An apparatus, system, and method are disclosed for detecting intermittent network link failures. A tracking module tracks link failures of a network link of a network over a specified time interval. A failure module determines the network link is failing in response to a number of link failures exceeding a specified failure threshold. A mitigation module mitigates communications over the network link. | 01-12-2012 |
| 20120008507 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication apparatus connected to an adjacent communication apparatus through a first path and a second path to receive a frame with a path identifier through the first path or the second path, the apparatus including: a first network interface configured for communicating via the first path; a second network interface configured for communicating via the second path; and a processor configured for extracting a first monitoring frame and a second monitoring frame, which are failure monitoring frames, from frames received on the first network interface and the second network interface; detecting a failure, based on input monitoring frames; and converting the path identifier of the first monitoring frame or the path identifier of the second monitoring frame, which are extracted, to make the path identifiers equal to each other. | 01-12-2012 |
| 20120014261 | Monitoring A Flow Set To Detect Faults - In certain embodiments, monitoring a flow set to detect faults includes identifying, by a first maintenance end point, a flow set comprising flows that utilize a paths from the first maintenance end point through one or more intermediate nodes to a second maintenance end point. Continuity check messages are generated. Each continuity check message is formatted as a data packet that an intermediate node forwards. Each continuity check message comprises a header comprising a maintenance indicator. The continuity check messages are transmitted on the flows to allow the second maintenance end point to monitor the paths. | 01-19-2012 |
| 20120014262 | Automated Network Condition Identification - Performance data relating to each of multiple network devices distributed in a geographic region is analyzed. That data can include values for various parameters measured automatically by routine polling of subscriber devices and/or network elements serving those subscriber devices. Measured parameter values can then be stored in a database and made available, together with information about subscriber device locations, to one or more analysis servers that analyze different portions of the network. As part of that analysis, groups of devices experiencing performance problems are identified based on device location. Information about those groups is then communicated and can be made available for, e.g., monitoring by service personnel. | 01-19-2012 |
| 20120026890 | Reporting Statistics on the Health of a Sensor Node in a Sensor Network - In one embodiment, a method includes generating a set of statistics concerning a sensor node in a sensor network based on one or more of sensor data from a sensor at the sensor node, communication to the sensor node from one or more other sensor nodes in the sensor network, or communication from the sensor node; determining based on a subset of the set of statistics whether a predetermined anomalous event correlated with the subset has occurred; and, if the predetermined anomalous event has occurred, generating a summary of the subset and communicating it to a police node in the sensor network. | 02-02-2012 |
| 20120026891 | Communication network management system and method and management computer - A management computer includes a storage unit in which route information indicating a transfer route of frames in a communication network is stored; and a monitoring unit. First to N-th nodes (N is an integer not less than 2) line up in order along a transfer route. In identifying a location of failure on the transfer route, the monitoring unit transmits a state notification frame to the first node. The i-th node, when receiving the state notification frame, updates a forwarding table by adding the management computer to the forwarding destination and forwards the state notification frame to the (i+1)-th node. The i-th node, when receiving a check frame, forwards the check frame to the (i+1)-th node and the management computer by referring to the post-update forwarding table. The monitoring unit identifies the location of failure based on reception state of the check frame from the transfer route. | 02-02-2012 |
| 20120026892 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND TERMINAL APPARATUS - A base station apparatus and terminal apparatus with a configuration which achieves highly flexible retransmission control while preventing increases in the uplink control channel overhead. In the base station ( | 02-02-2012 |
| 20120026893 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR NON-ACCESS STRATUM MESSAGE PROCESSING DURING HANDOVER IN EVOLVED NETWORK - A method and an apparatus for non-access stratum (NAS) message processing during handover in an evolved network are provided. The method includes the following steps. An evolved packet core (EPC) receives a message which indicates that a UE is being handed over sent by a source evolved NodeB (S-eNB), and stops sending an NAS message to the UE temporarily. The EPC receives a message which indicates that the UE returns to an S-eNB service area sent by the S-eNB. The EPC sends the NAS message to the UE through the S-eNB, if needed. With the method and the apparatus, the EPC can acquire a location of the UE in time in the case of a handover failure of the UE, a time limit of a retransmission timer is set precisely, and a specific implementation for forwarding an NAS message through an X2 interface is provided. | 02-02-2012 |
| 20120026894 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION FAULT DETECTION METHOD - The communication device has a frame transfer unit that executes frame transfer via the first communication link and the second communication link, a link confirmation frame sending unit, and a return link confirmation frame monitoring unit. The link confirmation frame sending unit causes the frame transfer processing unit to send a link confirmation frame for use in confirming a normal link status via the first communication link from the communication device to the counterpart communication device. The return link confirmation frame monitoring unit performs fault detection of the first and second communication links by monitoring a return link confirmation frame which is to be returned from the counterpart communication device to the communication device via the second communication link when the counterpart communication device receives the link confirmation frame via the first communication link. | 02-02-2012 |
| 20120044813 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COPING WITH LINK FAILURES IN CENTRAL CONTROL PLANE ARCHITECTURES - A capability for coping with link failures in central control plane architectures is provided. The capability for coping with link failures enables targeted reporting of link failures within the network in a manner that prevents flooding of link failure messages (LFMs) within the network. A method for reporting a failure of a link associated with a node includes detecting a failure of a link associated with the node, identifying an interface of the node associated with the failed link, identifying, from a flow table of the node, an ingress interface of the node via which a flow intended for the failed link is received, generating an LFM for the identified ingress interface, and sending the LFM via the identified ingress interface. A method for use at a local node having a flow table includes receiving an LFM indicative of a link failure detected at a remote node where the LFM includes a flow definition of a flow received at the remote node from the local node, identifying an interface of the local node via which the LFM is received, identifying from the flow table of the local node an ingress interface of the local node via which a flow intended for the failed link is received, generating a new LFM for the identified ingress interface of the node, and sending the new LFM via the identified ingress interface of the local node. | 02-23-2012 |
| 20120057471 | Acknowledgment and/or receiver recovery mechanisms for scheduled responses within multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - Acknowledgment and/or receiver recovery mechanisms for scheduled responses within multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications. Explicit scheduling information is provided from a first wireless communication device (e.g., an access point (AP), a transmitting wireless communication device) to a number of other wireless communication devices (e.g., wireless stations (STAs), receiving wireless communication devices) directing those other wireless communication devices a manner by which responses (e.g., acknowledgments (ACKs), block acknowledgments (BACKs), training feedback frames, etc.) are to be provided to the first wireless communication device there from. Such direction may include the order, timing, cluster assignment, etc. by which each respective wireless communication device is to provide its respective response to the first wireless communication device. In the event of the first wireless communication device failing to receive at least one response from at least one of the other wireless communication devices, various communication medium recovery mechanisms may be performed. | 03-08-2012 |
| 20120057472 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS TRANSMISSION OF DATA - There are provided methods for selecting a communication protocol for formatting data and for wirelessly transmitting data, preferably medical data, e.g., electrocardiogram data, methods for reducing data and/or selecting from data, methods for adding data, methods for generating trend data, methods for rendering data, methods for inputting and/or transmitting addressee data and for transmitting data to the addressee(s) and/or notifying the addressee(s), and methods for wirelessly transmitting data to a server and transmitting data from the server, as well as systems for carrying out such methods. | 03-08-2012 |
| 20120063326 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING AND REPORTING TIMEOUT EVENTS - A method and apparatus for processing timeout events in a packet network are disclosed. For example, the method detects a timeout event by a first network element, wherein the timeout event is generated due to a lack of response from a second network element. The method then determines whether a threshold for reporting of timeouts is exceeded for the second network element. The method then generates a report by the first network element to a fault management system if the threshold is exceeded, where the report indicates that the second network element has exceeded the threshold for reporting of timeouts. | 03-15-2012 |
| 20120063327 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, CONTROL METHOD OF COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND PROGRAM - A communication procedure for providing or receiving communication parameters can be performed by an easy operation even between devices having both a base station function and a slave station function. A communication device of the present invention determines a role of a device when performing a predetermined communication procedure for providing or receiving communication parameters, and selects operating as a base station or operating as a slave station based on the determined role. The communication device selects based on the determined role operating as a providing device or operating as a receiving device. | 03-15-2012 |
| 20120069742 | Method and Apparatus for Network OAM Interworking - Network service providers have largely addressed the growth in demand for communications networks in two ways: employing faster and more robust communications protocols through equipment upgrades and increasing use of Operations, Administrations, and Management (OAM) procedures for improved network performance. Typically, OAM operations procedures used by a network protocol are unique to that protocol and are not compatible with other network protocols. Service providers with networks that use multiple communications protocols, such as networks using legacy and newly installed equipment, can have difficulty ensuring optimal performance due to non-compatible OAM operations. A method, and corresponding apparatus, for supporting OAM interworking between first and second communications protocols used in an interworking circuit of a communications network is disclosed. The method, or corresponding apparatus, allows network service providers to ensure optimal network performance in a manner that does not affect customer traffic, is transparent to customers, and can be seamlessly integrated into existing interworking network nodes. | 03-22-2012 |
| 20120076003 | CHASSIS MANAGEMENT MODULES FOR ADVANCED TELECOM COMPUTING ARCHITECTURE SHELVES, AND METHODS FOR USING THE SAME - A printed circuit board (PCB) for an Advanced Telecommunications Computing Architecture (ATCA) shelf. The ATCA shelf may include a backplane providing a payload power supply and a standby power supply. Additionally, the PCB may include a first shelf management controller (ShMC) and a multiport switch, the multiport switch electrically coupling the first ShMC with a second ShMC on a second PCB by way of the backplane, the first ShMC utilizing standby power provided by the backplane at least when payload power is not available. | 03-29-2012 |
| 20120076004 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENABLING AUTO-TICKETING FOR ENDPOINT DEVICES - A method and system for transmitting data corresponding to at least one endpoint device problem in a packet communications network is described. Specifically, an endpoint device detects at least one problem that pertains to the endpoint device. The endpoint device then generates data pertaining to the endpoint device problem. Lastly, the endpoint device then transmits the data detailing that endpoint device problem to the packet communications network. | 03-29-2012 |
| 20120087250 | DETERMINATION OF RADIO LINK FAILURE WITH ENHANCED INTERFERENCE COORDINATION AND CANCELLATION - Existing criteria for analyzing radio link failure conditions may not satisfactorily address the conditions between cells that support cooperative resource coordination. Generally, when the UE declares radio link failure, the UE discontinues communication with a serving base station and searches for a new base station. When the UE lies in a region with severe interference, where the interference is coordinated between base stations by the interfering cell yielding part of its resources, the UE measurements for determining radio link failure (RLF) may vary considerably, depending on whether the measured resources were yielded by the interfering cell. When the UE measures resources which were not yielded by the interfering cell, the UE can erroneously declare RLF (e.g., due to high interference), although the UE can still access the serving cell using resources yielded by the interfering cell. Accordingly, disclosed are aspects for determining RLF based by accounting for cooperative resource coordination employing yielded resources. | 04-12-2012 |
| 20120093003 | TESTING AND PAIRING SYSTEM FOR USE IN WIRELESS PERIPHERAL DEVICE PRODUCTION PROCESS - A testing and paring system is used in a wireless peripheral device production process. The testing and paring system includes a wireless receiver, plural wireless input devices and a jig. The jig transmits respective packets to the wireless receiver and the plural wireless input devices through the pairing channel, and receives respective response signals from the wireless receiver and the plural wireless input devices. If the response signals from the wireless receiver and the plural wireless input devices are successfully received by the jig, the wireless receiver and the plural wireless input devices are considered to have normal functions. | 04-19-2012 |
| 20120093004 | MONITORING APPARATUS AND MONITORING METHOD - The monitoring method includes: detecting a cut link among a plurality of links forming a link aggregation; counting lost packets related to remaining links in the plurality of links excluding the cut link to obtain a first lost packet count for each first address included in packets passed through the remaining links; sorting the first lost packet counts into first segments corresponding to the remaining links; determining degradation in quality for each first segment on the basis of the first lost packet counts sorted into the first segments; determining whether the cut link is in failure on the basis of the determined degradation in quality for each first segment; and outputting a determination result of whether the cut link is in failure. | 04-19-2012 |
| 20120093005 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR LOCATING A FAILED LINK, AND METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR ANALYZING ALARM ROOT CAUSE - An alarm root cause analyzing method includes: obtaining at least one alarm of a managed network; sending an alarm raising time to a failed link locating device; receiving an identifier of a failed link, an identifier of an affected edge device, and an identifier of a device interface of the affected edge device; querying whether any alarm from the failed link exists in the at least one alarm, if an alarm from the failed link exists, marking the alarm from the failed link as a root cause alarm; querying whether any alarm from the affected edge device exists in the at least one alarm, if an alarm from the affected edge device exists, if a service object corresponding to the alarm from the affected edge device is borne over the device interface of the affected edge device, marking the alarm from the affected edge device as a derivative alarm. | 04-19-2012 |
| 20120099440 | METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM FOR WITHDRAWING ROUTES - The present invention relates to the field of communications and discloses a method, device, and system for withdrawing routes. When routes are withdrawn, by carrying route withdrawal related information in a route update message and withdrawing routes according to the route withdrawal related information, a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) path detection procedure is avoided and the time of network topology convergence is shortened. Further, by carrying identifiers information of routes to be withdrawn in the update message, specific routes can be withdrawn in a scenario where there are multiple BGP routes; by carrying characteristic information of routes to be withdrawn in batches in the update message, a group of routes with the common characteristic can be withdrawn in batches; and by carrying route withdrawal policy information in the update message, the collaboration between BGP peers may be optimized, and the quality and performance of the network may be improved. | 04-26-2012 |
| 20120099441 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF PREVENTING COMPONENT CARRIER FAILURE PROPAGATION - Disclosed is a mobile communications system employing a plentitude of component carriers and carrier aggregation between a user equipment (UE) and a base station. When failure of any downlink component carrier (DL CC) or uplink component carrier (UL CC) has been detected, the UE transmits UL control signal (e.g., UL HARQ ACK/NACK) to the base station, by re-selecting a CC for UL transmission (e.g., activation of a control channel of a UL CC relating to the DL CC). This may prevent DL CC failure from influencing on a UL CC. | 04-26-2012 |
| 20120099442 | METHOD FOR DETECTING PCI COLLISIONS - A computer implemented method of operating a base station of a wireless communication network, wherein the method comprises: comparing a number of missing context release messages ( | 04-26-2012 |
| 20120106357 | VARIABLE STEP-SIZE LEAST MEAN SQUARE METHOD FOR ESTIMATION IN ADAPTIVE NETWORKS - The variable step-size least mean square method for estimation in adaptive networks uses a variable step-size to provide estimation for each node in the adaptive network, where the step-size at each node is determined by the error calculated for each node, as opposed to conventional least mean square algorithms used in adaptive filters and the like, where the choice of step-size reflects a tradeoff between misadjustment and the speed of adaptation. | 05-03-2012 |
| 20120106358 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING PROACTIVE FAULT MONITORING IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - An example method is provided and includes communicating a request packet to a first network element. The request packet is associated with a request for a list of flow parameters. The method also includes receiving a response to the request for the list of flow parameters, and communicating a test packet to initiate fault monitoring. The test packet is communicated to a second network element and the test packet includes at least one of the flow parameters provided by the first network element. The method also includes receiving a plurality of fault monitoring results. The results are limited to reflect multiple paths associated with the first network element. | 05-03-2012 |
| 20120113815 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR EVALUATING NETWORK RELIABILITY - A method, a device and a system for evaluating network reliability are disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention. The method includes: determining an analysis object by acquiring network topology information; acquiring a network failure mode of the analysis object; and analyzing and evaluating reliability of the analysis object in a hierarchical and overall way with respect to the failure mode. As the concept of a hierarchical analysis is introduced into the analysis, analysis properties of analysis objects (for example, a node and a connection) are divided according to hierarchies, so that the network is effectively decomposed, an overall decomposing analysis is ensured, and the difficulty of the analysis is reduced. | 05-10-2012 |
| 20120120810 | Measurement Method And Device For Wireless Network Communication System - A measurement method and device for wireless network communication system is disclosed. The method enables operators to use recording information to detect whether there is any problem in network and to perform some necessary optimizing work by enabling user equipment (UE) to automatically record some measurement logs and to periodically report them to the network. Because the information is automatically collected by the UE, the method effectively reduces the workload and cost devotion which is needed for network measurement by manual road measurement. The method enables the operators to obtain measurement information of geography areas that can not be obtained in ordinary road measurement because the UE is randomly distributed at any position in the network. | 05-17-2012 |
| 20120127867 | Method and apparatus for transmitting/receiving hybrid automatic repeat request failure indication - The present application discloses a method and apparatus for transmitting/receiving an HARQ failure indication. The method includes: a Node B receives an E-DCH payload from a primary carrier and fails to decode it; the Node B determines whether the condition of transmitting an HARQ failure indication is met, if so, the Node B sets the HARQ failure indication data frame on the primary carrier; and the Node B transmits the HARQ failure indication data frame to a service radio network controller on a transmission bearer corresponding to the primary carrier. The present application realizes a better control over the SIR target value through a carrier-based outer loop power control function. | 05-24-2012 |
| 20120134276 | Harq Failure Indication Method, Harq Failure Indication Data Frame and Service Node B Thereof - The present invention provides a Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) failure indication method, an HARQ failure indication data frame and a Serving Node B thereof. In the above method, when the decoding of the received Enhanced Dedicated Transport Channel (EDCH) data frame is unsuccessful and the condition of sending HARQ failure indication is satisfied currently, Serving Node B sends an HARQ failure indication data frame to the Service Radio Network Controller (SRNC). Wherein, a carrier identifier which indicates the carrier on which the HARQ failure happens is carried in the HARQ failure indication data frame. According to the present invention, when the SRNC receives the HARQ failure indication data frame, SRNC can perform Outer Loop Power Control (OLPC). | 05-31-2012 |
| 20120134277 | VOICE LOOPBACK METHOD, GATEWAY AND LOOPBACK NODE IN VOIP NETWORK - A voice loopback method, a gateway and a loopback node in a VoIP network and a network are provided. The voice loopback method in a VoIP network includes: sending, by a gateway, an internet control message protocol ICMP message, where a destination address of the ICMP message is an address of the loopback node, and the ICMP message includes a voice packet to be detected; and receiving a response message of the ICMP message sent by the loopback node, where the response message includes a loopback voice packet, and the loopback voice packet is obtained by the loopback node according to the voice packet to be detected that is included in the received ICMP message. Through application of the technical solutions according to the embodiments of the present invention, voice loopback in a VoIP network is achieved. | 05-31-2012 |
| 20120140640 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DYNAMICALLY PROCESSING PACKETS HAVING VARIOUS CHARACTERISTICS - An apparatus for processing different types of packets using various interfaces and method thereof. The apparatus uses a general-purpose processor, instead of a particular network processor, and uses a general open source software compiler without the use of a particular compiler and an application program interface (API) for use in processing a specific packet, and accordingly, it is easy to reuse software when upgrading hardware and software. | 06-07-2012 |
| 20120147754 | HIGH-SPEED CONTENT INSPECTION APPARATUS FOR MINIMIZING SYSTEM OVERHEAD - A high-speed content inspection apparatus for minimizing system overhead is provided. The high-speed content inspection apparatus extracts content in unit of sub-pattern by inspecting a payload of a packet in units of sub-pattern, and extract target content by inspecting a correlation between the extracted sub-patterns. If a sub-pattern present at the end of a payload is smaller than a predetermined unit of a sub-pattern, position information of the sub-pattern at the end of the payload is rolled back and the correlation is inspected. Accordingly, without having to add another hardware or high-performance hardware, target content can be efficiently detected in real time. | 06-14-2012 |
| 20120147755 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR JUDGING RADIO LINK FAILURE IN CARRIER AGGREGATION TECHNOLOGY - The present invention discloses a method and device for judging Radio Link Failure (RLF) in Carrier Aggregation (CA) technology, which are used to effectively judge whether a radio link is failed or not in CA technology. Said method comprises: on an evaluation point, comparing the determined radio link quality parameter of each carrier participating in the RLF judgement with the corresponding radio link quality parameter threshold, determining whether to trigger an in-sync indication or out-of-sync indication on the evaluation point, and judging whether the radio link of the User Equipment (UE) is failed according to the number of the continuously received in-sync indications or out-of-sync indications. The embodiment of the present invention determines whether to trigger an in-sync indication or out-of-sync indication by comparing the radio link quality parameters of the carriers participating in the RLF judgement with the corresponding radio link quality parameter thresholds, and thereby judges that whether the radio link is failed or not in CA technology. | 06-14-2012 |
| 20120147756 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING MULTIPLE SERVICES PER CALL - A method and apparatus for enabling multiple services to be invoked in a specific precedence per call are disclosed. For example, the present method allows a subscriber to interact with a plurality of services provided by a service provider on a single call. | 06-14-2012 |
| 20120155284 | Extendable Frequency Hopping Timeslots in Wireless Networks - In one embodiment, a wireless transmitting node in a frequency hopping wireless network may determine whether a packet can be transmitted within a particular timeslot of a frequency hopping sequence based on a length of the packet. If unable to transmit the packet within the particular timeslot, the transmitting node extends the particular timeslot into a subsequent timeslot to allow transmission of the packet within the extended timeslot at a frequency associated with the particular timeslot. Once the extended timeslot ends, the transmitting node and receiving node hop frequencies into the subsequent timeslot to synchronize with the rest of the network that already hopped at the conventional rate. In another embodiment, a wireless receiving node may also extend the particular timeslot into a subsequent timeslot to allow reception of a packet that would extend beyond the particular timeslot, and may hop frequencies upon expiration of the extended timeslot. | 06-21-2012 |
| 20120155285 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DIAGNOSING A FAULT OR OPEN CIRCUIT IN A NETWORK - A fault injection circuit injects a test signal into a data bus with a normal high logic level and a normal low logic level. The test signal has a greater logic level greater than the normal high logic level of the data bus or a lower logic level lower than the normal low logic level of the data bus. An analog-to-digital converter is coupled to a voltage level detector for sensing an aggregate level of an aggregate signal on the data bus. The aggregate signal is composed of the termination circuit signal and the test signal. A diagnostic tool determines whether a faulty connection between the data bus and a network device exists, where the sensed aggregate level exceeds at least one of the normal high logic level and the normal low logic level. | 06-21-2012 |
| 20120155286 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A disclosed technology can accurately measures the data frame loss between a pair of communication devices even when link aggregation is present between the communication devices. A communication system includes a transmitting device, receiving device, a plurality of transmitting and receiving links, and a measuring device. The transmitting device duplicates for the same number of times as the number of transmitting and receiving links a data frame loss measurement frame in which the total number of transmitted data frames is written, and then transmits them to the transmitting and receiving links. The receiving device writes the total number of received data frames in the received data frame loss measurement frame. The measuring device measures the data frame loss between the transmitting and receiving devices by subtracting the total number of data frames received by the receiving device from the total number of data frames transmitted by the transmitting device. | 06-21-2012 |
| 20120155287 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DUPLEXER FAULT DETECTION - A method and a device for duplexer fault detection relating to the microwave communications technology are disclosed in the present invention to solve the problem in the prior art that the performance of duplexers cannot be detected online. A method provided by the an embodiment of the present invention includes: receiving the detection voltage of the return wave signals of the duplexer, the return wave signals being part of the reflection signals generated at the input port of the duplexer by microwave signals that are input at the input port of the duplexer; judging whether the detection voltage of the return wave signals exceeds a reference threshold; and determining that the duplexer is faulty if the detection voltage of the return wave signals exceeds the reference threshold. The present invention can realize the detecting of the duplexer performance online. | 06-21-2012 |
| 20120163191 | NETWORK STATE MONITORING SYSTEM - A delay time of each node is acquired at a source node, and whether the acquired delay time is normal or abnormal is automatically recognized, thereby enabling an abnormal node to be detected in the source node. A test packet is transmitted from the source node to the destination node through the respective relay nodes, a relay delay time of each relay node, which has been measured in the each relay node, is added to the test packet, the source node is designated as a destination of the test packet received in the destination node to return a test response packet, the relay delay time of the each node is extracted from the test response packet received in the source node that has received the test response packet, and an abnormal node is detected by an abnormal state detector disposed in the source node according to the extracted relay delay time of the each node. | 06-28-2012 |
| 20120163192 | METHOD OF DECIDING RADIO LINK FAILURE AT BASE STATION - Disclosed is a method of deciding a radio link failure at a base station. The method includes initializing a signal quality degradation count value, measuring an uplink signal quality at predetermined time intervals, and increasing the signal quality degradation count value when the uplink signal quality is less than a predetermined lower limit quality threshold value, wherein a radio link failure is decided when the signal quality degradation count value reaches a predetermined radio link failure decision threshold value while the measuring of the uplink signal quality and the increasing of the signal quality degradation count value are repetitively performed a predetermined number of times. | 06-28-2012 |
| 20120163193 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND POWER-SAVING TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION METHOD USED IN THEM - Provided is a mobile station which communicates with a base station using a radio channel, the mobile station comprising: a switching unit configured to switch from a packet reception period, during which packet reception can be executed, to a packet reception halt period, during which packet reception is halted; a transmission unit configured to transmit, to the base station, a result of receiving a packet sent from the base station, as a reception result notification signal; a packet reception determination unit configured to determine a packet reception fault; and a reception period determination unit configured to extend the packet reception period if the packet reception fault is determined by the packet reception determination unit. | 06-28-2012 |
| 20120163194 | Handling Alarms Based On User Session Records - A method is provided in a network management node for handling an alarm caused by a fault in a communications system. An alarm caused by a fault in the communications system is received from a first network element within the communications system. The alarm is associated with an identity of the first network element, and an alarm time associated with the time when the alarm was active. After receiving the alarm, the network management node sends a request to a user activity database, requesting one or more matching records. Each of the matching records is requested to comprise an identity equal to the identity of the first network element associated with the alarm, and a record time period that comprises the time when the alarm was active. The network management node receives one or more matching records from the user activity database, which one or more matching user session records identify the user sessions being affected by the alarm, and then handles the alarm based on the one or more matching user session records. | 06-28-2012 |
| 20120170463 | Communication Terminal - A communication terminal optimally switches between the use of multicast reception and unicast reception, in consideration of the mobile radio environment of each terminal. For example, received signal strength indicator information is acquired at a received signal strength indicator information acquisition time calculated using a content reception time. Either multicast reception or unicast reception is selected according to the acquired received signal strength indicator information and content reception is performed. An optimal reception system can be selected and reception failure can be reduced. In addition, by performing a dynamic switching of reception methods as such, the base station-end can perform multicast delivery rather than unicast delivery when possible to communication terminals in favorable mobile radio environments, thereby significantly reducing the traffic load placed on communication paths. | 07-05-2012 |
| 20120170464 | Method and Apparatus for Monitoring a Status of Nodes of a Communication Network - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for monitoring a status of nodes of a communication network. The method determines first node status data at a first node by diagnosing the own status of the first node and the status of at least one second node, sends the first node status data to at least one second node, receives second node status data from at least one second node, and determines node status evaluation data at the first node based on the determined first node status data and the received second node status data. Furthermore, improvements are proposed for the sake of efficiency and/or robustness of the method. | 07-05-2012 |
| 20120176912 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SETTING MAXIMUM TRANSMISSION UNIT IN USER TERMINAL - An apparatus to set a maximum transmission unit (MTU) acquires information about a wireless communication network, sets a basic MTU value based on the kind of wireless communication network as an MTU value, and checks the validity of the set MTU value. The validity of the set MTU value is checked by dividing packets by the set MTU value, transmitting the packets to a communication counterpart, and comparing a response message's error rate to a reference value. The apparatus increases the set MTU value if the set MTU value is valid, decreases the set MTU value if the set MTU value is not valid, and detects an optimal MTU value. The optimal MTU value may refer to a longest MTU value among checked MTU values that has an error rate less than the reference value according to the validity-checking process. | 07-12-2012 |
| 20120176913 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR FREQUENCY OFFSET ESTIMATION FOR HIGH SPEED IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - An apparatus and method estimate frequency offset for high speed in a wireless access system. An operation of a Base Station (BS) includes performing feedback channel detection for a terminal classified as a low speed mode, and, if the feedback channel detection fails continuously by the predefined number of times, and a frequency offset estimation result using a pilot signal exceeds a threshold value, classifying the terminal as a high speed mode. | 07-12-2012 |
| 20120182876 | PROVIDER NETWORK AND PROVIDER EDGE APPARATUS - A provider edge apparatus comprises an ingress processing unit to generate an encapsulated frame to be transmitted to another provider edge apparatus coupled to another customer edge apparatus, wherein the encapsulated frame includes a frame directed to the another customer edge apparatus, an egress processing unit to extract a frame to be forwarded to the specified customer edge apparatus, a storage to store an identifier of the provider edge apparatus and an identifier of the another provider edge apparatus when the specified customer edge apparatus is coupled to the another edge apparatus via a second access line, wherein the identifiers corresponds to a group identifier indicating an access line group belonging the first access line and the second access line, and a filter to discard the encapsulated frame or a frame in the encapsulated frame satisfying a filter condition. | 07-19-2012 |
| 20120182877 | DIAGNOSING AND RESOLVING WIRELESS NETWORK MALFUNCTIONS - A preconditioned air unit ( | 07-19-2012 |
| 20120182878 | UPLINK HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST METHOD AND DEVICE IN A TRANSPARENT RELAY NETWORK - An uplink HARQ method in a transparent relay network is provided. When a base station does not successfully receive uplink data sent from a mobile terminal to the base station, if a relay station has successfully received the uplink data sent by the mobile terminal, response acknowledgment information representing that the relay station has successfully received the uplink data sent by the mobile terminal is sent to the mobile terminal, so that the mobile terminal learns in time that the relay station has successfully received the uplink data sent from the mobile terminal to the base station. Meanwhile, negative-acknowledgment response information is returned to the relay station, and the relay station performs subsequent uplink data retransmission, which avoids unnecessary retransmission of the mobile terminal, thereby decreasing retransmission times of the mobile terminal and further reducing power consumption of the mobile terminal. | 07-19-2012 |
| 20120182879 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication apparatus can communicate with a wireless communication base station using component carriers of communication cells managed by the wireless communication base station simultaneously. A radio condition determining section includes a physical layer problem determining section that determines whether a physical layer problem occurs in each component carrier which is used or can be used in communication between the wireless communication apparatus and the wireless communication base station. When it is determined that the physical layer problem occurs in some of the component carriers used in the communication, the radio condition determining section notifies the component carrier in which the physical layer problem occurs to a report creating section. The report creating section creates a report corresponding to the component carrier in which the physical layer problem occurs and a predetermined criterion. | 07-19-2012 |
| 20120188879 | Service Monitoring and Service Problem Diagnosing in Communications Network - User equipment uses traces of service primitives of one or multiple service sessions to automatically discover a service sequence. Service sequences are refined by analyzing sequences captured during multiple sessions of the same service. A daemon receives from a plurality of user equipment the observed service sequences. The sequences from different user equipment are aggregated. The daemon sends back the refined service sequences to user equipment. User equipment sends a problem report to the daemon and/or a service monitor in the case of a service failure. The daemon or the service monitor aggregates such problem reports and discovers the causes of service degradations. | 07-26-2012 |
| 20120207028 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ADAPTIVE ERROR THRESHOLDS OR ADAPTIVE MODULATION SCHEMES BASED ON ATMOSPHERIC CONDITIONS - Systems and methods may be provided for adaptive communications with utility meters based on atmospheric conditions. The systems and methods may include obtaining weather information associated with a location of a utility meter; determining, based upon the weather information, whether the utility meter location is associated with weather that affects communications performance; and modifying an acceptable communications error rate associated with the utility meter or the communications interface of the utility meter from a first value to a second value upon determining that the utility meter location is associated with weather that affects communications performance. One or more of the foregoing operations may be performed by a utility meter or a utility server computer associated with the utility meter. | 08-16-2012 |
| 20120207029 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a communication device and a communication system capable of specifying a failure part in a network in which a time server and a communication path are made redundant. | 08-16-2012 |
| 20120213090 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING IF A MOBILE TERMINAL IS THE INTENDED RECIPIENT FOR INFORMATION PROVIDED VIA A CONTROL CHANNEL - A method, apparatus and computer program product are provided that may reduce the number of false accepts by reducing the instances in which a mobile terminal mistakenly determines that control channel information is intended for the mobile terminal. The method, apparatus and computer program product may determine whether control channel information appears to be directed to a respective mobile terminal, determine whether one or more filler bits have respective predefined values and thereafter identify the information to not be intended for the respective mobile terminal in an instance in which the filler bits fail to have the predefined values. In an instance in which the control channel information provides an uplink grant, the method, apparatus and computer program product may cause data to be transmitted via an uplink established per the uplink grant only if the filler bits have the predefined values. | 08-23-2012 |
| 20120213091 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO MONITOR BORDER GATEWAY PROTOCOL SESSIONS - Example methods and apparatus to monitor border gateway protocol sessions are disclosed. A disclosed example method includes detecting a failure of a first BGP session, initiating a sustained-down timer and a reset-timer in response to detecting the failure, identifying a sustained-down condition in response to the sustained-down timer exceeding a first time threshold, identifying a flapping condition in response to counting a threshold number of BGP failures and corresponding BGP re-establishments during a second time threshold of the reset-timer, and identifying a continuous flapping condition in response to detecting the flapping condition consecutively for a threshold number of instances. | 08-23-2012 |
| 20120218903 | Component Carrier Selection Method and Apparatus for Random Access Attempts in a Communications Network - A method is provided for determining a location of a mobile device ( | 08-30-2012 |
| 20120224489 | System, Apparatus and Method for Making Statistics on Point Protocol Negotiation State in Wireless System - The disclosure discloses a system for making statistics on Point to Point Protocol (PPP) negotiation state in a wireless system, which includes at least one user terminal and a packet data serving node that realizes a communication a connection with the user terminal via the PPP, and the system further includes a base station controller and a call detail information recorder; wherein the base station controller is communicatively connected to the user terminal, and is configured to capture a PPP negotiation packet of the user terminal, analyze a PPP negotiation flow in the PPP negotiation packet and send an analysis result to the call detail information recorder; and the call detail information recorder is communicatively connected to the base station controller, and is configured to make statistics on various state data of a PPP negotiation in the wireless system according to the analysis result. The disclosure further discloses an apparatus and method for making statistics on PPP negotiation state in a wireless system. The disclosure can make statistics on a reason for the PPP negotiation failure caused by a wireless system conveniently, and accurately reflect whether performance of the whole wireless packet data system is good or poor. | 09-06-2012 |
| 20120224490 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING THE LOCATION OF ANOMALY LINK WITH LINK CANDIDATES REFINED BY MEANS OF THE NUMBER OF OVERLAPPING ABNORMAL FLOWS - In an anomaly locating device, a flow information collector collects flow information on flows between terminal devices from observation nodes arranged at observation points over a telecommunications network, and an anomaly location narrow-downer counts, based on the flow information, the number of overlapping abnormal flows passing through each link connected to the observation points to determine a link having the largest number of overlapping abnormal flows from among the links connected to the observation points. The anomaly location narrow-downer then collects link candidates reachable by routing via the link thus determined. An anomaly link identifier narrows down the collected link candidates to an abnormal link. | 09-06-2012 |
| 20120224491 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADAPTIVE TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT IN A RESOURCE- CONSTRAINED NETWORK - An electronic device may utilize or support adaptive traffic management in a resource-constrained network. The adaptive traffic management may comprise applying a multi-stage filtering to packets received by the electronic device, wherein each stage of the multi-stage filtering may comprises a validation check and a failure of any validation check of any stage when handling a packet terminates the handling of the packet. The adaptive traffic management may comprise apply an adaptive search function, whereby when the number of search responses received by the electronic device exceeds a particular maximum response threshold, one or more criteria for modifying search requests may be selected, to reduce number of expected search responses, and the modified search criteria may be applied to generated modified search command(s) that are applied in the search function. | 09-06-2012 |
| 20120224492 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND TIME SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD - A communication system that is constituted by a plurality of communication apparatuses, and performs time synchronization using a time synchronization frame, wherein one of the communication apparatuses is set as a starting point node, at least one of the communication apparatuses is set as a terminal point node, the starting point node generates a time synchronization frame in an outward-route direction and transmits the generated time synchronization frame in the outward-route direction, the terminal point node generates a time synchronization frame in a return-route direction and transmits the generated time synchronization frame in the return-route direction, and an intermediate node relays a received time synchronization frame when receiving a time synchronization frame transmitted in an outward-route direction and a return-route direction. | 09-06-2012 |
| 20120230204 | Remote Stitched Directed Acyclic Graphs - In one embodiment, in response to a trigger condition being detected at a particular location in a primary directed acyclic graph (DAG) in a computer network, a particular node in the primary DAG at the particular location may be determined to act as a remote stitched (RS)-DAG root for an RS-DAG at the particular location. The determined RS-DAG root may then be instructed to initiate the RS-DAG, the instructing indicating one or more properties for the RS-DAG that are based on the trigger condition and that are different from properties of the primary DAG. In another embodiment, a particular node receives instructions to initiate an RS-DAG as its RS-DAG root, initiates the RS-DAG, and relays messages of the RS-DAG with a primary root of the primary DAG. | 09-13-2012 |
| 20120230205 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COLLISION AVOIDANCE IN SENSOR NETWORK - Disclosed is a method and apparatus for collision avoidance in a sensor network. The method includes transmitting data by a transmitter; comparing, by the transmitter, a remaining time between the data transmission and a backoff period with a turnaround time taken for the transmitter to switch from a transmit (Tx) mode to a receive (Rx) mode; selectively transmitting, by the transmitter, a busy signal indicating that a channel is in use, according to the comparison result; and receiving, by the transmitter, an acknowledgement (ACK) signal from a receiver after the turnaround time has elapsed. | 09-13-2012 |
| 20120243420 | Efficient Remote Call Diagnostics - An approach is provided in which a request addressed to a remote target node is transmitted through a network path with the network path includeing multiple relay nodes. The transmitting system recognizes that the transmission of the first request failed. Relay nodes in the serial path are analyzed using historical failure data. A first relay node is identified as a likely failed relay node based on the analysis. The first relay node is tested by transmitting a test request to the likely failed relay node. If the transmission of the test request fails, the identified likely failed node is verified by testing the previous node in the path. If verification is successful, the first node is selected as the failing node. However, if verification is unsuccessful, then a second node is chosen as the likely failed node and testing resumes. | 09-27-2012 |
| 20120243421 | POWER LOSS PACKET PRIORITY - An advanced metering infrastructure (AMI) enabled device, program product and communication system. An AMI enabled device is described that includes a power failure detection system that constructs a power loss message in response to a detected loss of power and a communication system for transmitting messages over a network. The communications system includes: a prioritization system for prioritizing the power loss message as a high priority message, and a queuing system that ensures that the power loss message is transmitted ahead of all low priority messages. | 09-27-2012 |
| 20120243422 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FACILITATING MACHINE-TYPE COMMUNICATION - A method and apparatus are provided to facilitate communications with MTC devices. An apparatus may include processing circuitry configured at least to receive a broadcasted triggering message and to determine whether the triggering message identifies a machine-type communication (MTC) gateway or another device within a capillary network supported by the MTC gateway. The processing circuitry may cause at least a portion of the triggering message to be provided to a device within the capillary network in an instance in which the triggering message identifies the device within the capillary network. The processing circuitry may also be configured to determine an action requested by the triggering message in an instance in which the triggering message identifies the MTC gateway. | 09-27-2012 |
| 20120250523 | RADIO COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND BASE STATION APPARATUS - The present invention allows an error of the number of symbols of a downlink control channel reported on the downlink to be detected in a base station apparatus. A radio communication control method is provided, which includes: receiving the number of symbols of a downlink control channel, a signal of the downlink control channel, and a signal of a downlink data channel, which are transmitted from a base station apparatus in subframe units; generating transmission acknowledgement information which represents the absence or presence of a reception error when the signal of the downlink data channel is decoded based on the signal of the downlink control channel; applying processing which allows information related to the received number of symbols of the downlink control channel to be detected from the transmission acknowledgement information in the base station apparatus; and transmitting the processed transmission acknowledgement information. | 10-04-2012 |
| 20120250524 | Method and system for implementing a call by a media gateway - The present disclosure discloses a method and a system for implementing a call by a media gateway, comprising: setting a master control network element in a media gateway cluster, and establishing a mapping relationship between a user number and the media gateway in the master control network element ( | 10-04-2012 |
| 20120250525 | RELIABILITY DETECTION OF CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR (CQI) AND APPLICATION TO OUTER LOOP POWER CONTROL - A method for performing outer loop power control in wireless communications is disclosed. A channel quality indicator (CQI) message is transmitted by a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU). The WTRU receives a power control command, the power control command being derived by: decoding the CQI message; computing a decision metric value for each symbol in the CQI message; determining whether the CQI message is erroneous; and counting a number of erroneous CQI messages, wherein the power control command is based on whether the number of erroneous CQI messages exceeds a threshold. An uplink transmission power of the WTRU is adjusted based on the power control command. | 10-04-2012 |
| 20120257510 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING RANDOM ACCESS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION - A random access procedure control method and apparatus is provided for controlling a random access procedure efficiently in a mobile communication system supporting carrier aggregation. The method for controlling random access procedure of a terminal in a wireless communication system having a primary cell and at least one secondary cell includes initiating a random access procedure in the primary cell and the at least one secondary cells, detecting a random access failure of a terminal performing the random access procedure, determining whether the random access failure is detected in the primary cell or the at least one secondary cell, and determining whether to continue the random access procedure according to a result of the determining of whether the random access failure is detected. | 10-11-2012 |
| 20120257511 | DETERMINATION DEVICE, TRANSMISSION DEVICE, DETERMINATION METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - Disclosed is a determination device provided with: a determination unit for determining whether or not a received frame is a predetermined specific frame; an error detection unit for detecting errors in relation to the frame; a disposal unit for disposing of the frame when an error is detected in relation to the frame and the frame is not the specific frame; and a rewriting unit for rewriting code for detecting errors in relation to the specific frame, in accordance with the state of the current frame. | 10-11-2012 |
| 20120257512 | Signal Quality Determination Methods And Apparatus Suitable For Use In WLAN-To-WWAN Transitioning - A mobile terminal operates to switch communications from a first wireless network to a second wireless network. The mobile terminal determines a transmission error value for transmissions to the first wireless network based on a count of data packet errors of the transmissions identified over a predetermined time period. The mobile terminal then calculates a transmission error percentage value based on the transmission error value and a total number of attempted data packet transmissions over the predetermined time period. When the transmission error percentage error value is greater than a predetermined error percentage value, the mobile terminal provides an indication to switch the communication operations from the first wireless network to the second wireless network. | 10-11-2012 |
| 20120263044 | RELAY DEVICE, NETWORK SYSTEM, AND NETWORK FAILURE DETECTION METHOD - A relay device comprises: a packet type determining unit that determines: whether a received packet is a monitoring packet, sent by a first communication device that monitors a network connection state, set the first communication device as the sending source, and set a second communication device that is monitored as the sending destination; and whether the received packet is a monitoring response packet sent as the response to the monitoring packet with sending source address and destination address of monitoring packet interchanged; a transfer processing unit that receives the monitoring packet and transfers it to a destination; a monitoring unit that monitors receipt of the monitoring response packet within a specified period; and a failure notification packet sending unit that generates a failure notification packet and sends it to a specified destination, when the monitoring response packet is not received within the specified period. | 10-18-2012 |
| 20120263045 | METHOD FOR ENHANCING THE USE OF RADIO RESOURCE, USER EQUIPMENT AND NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE FOR IMPLEMENTING THE METHOD - A method for enhancing the use of radio resource allocated to data communication between user equipments and a radio access network infrastructure adapted for operating in first and second frequency bands for providing respective first and second services to user equipments is proposed. According to the method, a user equipment detects an actual or potential occurrence of a radio-frequency co-existence issue between the radio transmissions for said first and second services, and transmits information regarding the detected radio-frequency co-existence issue. | 10-18-2012 |
| 20120269071 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSFERRING DATA IN A MULTI-DROP NETWORK - Systems and methods of transmitting data to a plurality of devices are provided. In one example, a system is configured to broadcast data to a group of multiple devices. Each of the group of devices is configured to inspect the message and locally store the content of the message. Further, the group of devices is configured so that a single device of the group responds to each message. | 10-25-2012 |
| 20120269072 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING INTERFERENCE FROM PEER DISCOVERY IN WWAN - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product are provided in which at least one of a peer-to-peer transmit power or a peer-to-peer duty cycle is adjusted based on at least one of a path loss to a serving base station or a path loss to at least one neighboring base station. In addition, a peer-to-peer signal is sent with the peer-to-peer transmit power or the peer-to-peer duty cycle. | 10-25-2012 |
| 20120269073 | METHODS, APPARATUS AND ARTICLES OF MANUFACTURE TO MONITOR COMMUNICATION PATHS IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Example methods, apparatus and articles of manufacture to monitor communication paths in communication systems are disclosed. An example method includes identifying links of a communication system, the links communicatively coupling routers, identifying communication paths in the communication system, each of the communication paths being routed via one or more of the links, testing the links during a first interval by testing at least a first portion of the communication paths, testing the links during the second interval by testing at least a second portion of the communication paths, changing the first portion of the communication paths to include at least one of the communication paths from the second portion of the communication paths such that testing the first portion of the communication paths and testing the second portion of the communication paths collectively test each of the links, and identifying a link failure based on the testing. | 10-25-2012 |
| 20120269074 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING ERROR CONTROL MESSAGES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus for processing error control messages, such as RLC ARQ control messages, are disclosed. An exemplary method comprises signaling a medium access controller (MAC) that link resources are needed for transmitting data, receiving an indication from the MAC that link resources for transmitting the data are scheduled, and generating an error control message after receiving said indication, based on a current error control status. The error control message is then forwarded to the MAC for transmission. Because the generation of an error control message is delayed until resources for its transmission are scheduled, the queuing of stale control messages is avoided. | 10-25-2012 |
| 20120275315 | PHYSICAL-LAYER CELL IDENTITY (PCI) CONFLICT DETECTION - Physical layer cell identity (PCI) misconfiguration in a self-organizing network (SON) ( | 11-01-2012 |
| 20120275316 | Failure Detection Method and Device for FCoE Virtual Link - A failure detection method and device for a FCoE virtual link. A first FCoE devices receives a Keep Alive Request packet from a Transmit switch, the Keep Alive Request packet having a response period; in response to receiving the Keep Alive Request packet, the first FCoE device creates a virtual link aging timer, configures expiration time of the timer according to the response period, and transmits a packet for maintaining the FCoE virtual link to a second FCoE device. If the first FCoE device does not receive a packet for maintaining the FCoE virtual link returned by the second FCoE device by the time the timer expires, the first FCoE device detects that the FCoE virtual link between the first FCoE device and the second FCoE device is in failure. | 11-01-2012 |
| 20120281545 | SYSTEMS, METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Systems and methods directed towards improving reliability for wireless networks. Selective polling techniques are utilized to selectively poll stations within a wireless network in order to ensure that a station failing to properly transmit data is given an opportunity to rectify the transmission failure. The selective polling techniques can be applied to any polling-based system, thus maintaining backwards compatibility with legacy systems. | 11-08-2012 |
| 20120281546 | Device and Method for Locating Voice Transmission Problems - A method and device for locating voice transmission problems are provided. The method includes: configuring a data transmitting/receiving statistics module at each transmission stage of a media stream to perform statistics on data transmitting/receiving of the transmission stage; the data transmitting/receiving statistics module reporting data after statistics to a preset data analysis module; and the data analysis module locating the voice transmission problems after analyzing the data reported by the data transmitting/receiving statistics module. The device includes the data transmitting/receiving statistics module and the data analysis module. The method and device can automatically detect the voice transmission problems such as getting through in one-way, discontinuous, etc., and discover the voice transmission problems existing in the system in time, thereby quickly locating the transmission stage of the media stream at which the voice transmission problems appear, enhancing the location efficiency of the voice transmission problems, and shortening the fault location period. | 11-08-2012 |
| 20120281547 | WIRELESS POWER TRANSMISSION AND CHARGING SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF - A wireless power transmission and charging system is provided. The wireless power transmission and charging system may include a source device to wirelessly transmit a power, and a target device to wirelessly receive the power. A communication error may be reduced, and a power transmission efficiency may be increased, by performing communication between the source device and the target device using a shortened packet generated by converting, for example, a packet of a byte scale to a packet of a bit scale. | 11-08-2012 |
| 20120281548 | SCELL RADIO LINK MONITORING AND RADIO LINK FAILURE HANDLING - A method of radio link monitoring (RLM) and radio link failure (RLF) handling over a secondary serving cell (SCELL) is proposed. In a wireless network, a user equipment (UE) establishes a radio resource control (RRC) connection with a base station (eNB). The UE applies carrier aggregation for multiple component carriers (CCs) configured as multiple serving cells. The UE performs radio link monitoring over a primary serving cell (PCELL). The UE also performs radio link monitoring over a secondary serving cell (SCELL). The SCELL belongs to a CC group of one or more CCs, and used as a reference cell for the CC group. When SCELL performance is below pre-defined criteria, the UE and the eNB apply certain actions over the SCELL or all CCs in the CC group. The proposed SCELL RLM/RLF handling prevents spurious and uncontrollable uplink SCELL transmission and interference to other UEs. | 11-08-2012 |
| 20120281549 | System and Method for Multi-User Multiplexing - A relay node. The relay node includes a processor configured to multiplex a plurality of medium access control layer (MAC) packet data units (PDUs) that correspond to a plurality of user agents to form a Super-MAC PDU. | 11-08-2012 |
| 20120294155 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR HANDLING NODE FAILURE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, an apparatus and a system for handling node failure. The method for handling node failure includes: sending, by an intermediate node, a context processing request message to a remote node when detecting that a first node occurs a failure, where the context processing request message is used to instruct the remote node to delete context information associated with the first node and the intermediate node; and deleting the context information associated with the first node and the intermediate node, by the remote node, according to the request message. The technical solution can enable the remote node to process the context information associated with the first node in time | 11-22-2012 |
| 20120307650 | MULTIPLEX SYSTEM - At least one of components of a multiplex system can detect a failure by itself. An output of the multiplex system is determined from outputs of the components and a failure detection notification. Thus, a multiplex system having higher reliability is provided. A multiplex system | 12-06-2012 |
| 20120314585 | MANAGEMENT OF FIXED WIRELESS DEVICES THROUGH AN IP NETWORK - A device may manage fixed wireless installations. The device may receive data relating to the fixed wireless installations, where the data is received from a number of sources, including the fixed wireless installations and network devices used to implement a long term evolution (LTE) cellular network to which the fixed wireless installations connect. The device may analyze the data to determine optimizations to improve the operation of one or more of the fixed wireless installations or the LTE cellular network. The device may change, in response to the analysis, a configuration of at least one of the fixed wireless installations and at least one of the network devices. | 12-13-2012 |
| 20120320759 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE THAT IS CAPABLE OF IMPROVING DATA TRANSMISSION EFFICIENCY - A wireless communication device includes a data transmission and reception section that wirelessly transmits a plurality of test packets; a signal sensing section that senses a power of a spatial radio wave signal on a frequency channel that is the same as the plurality of test packets and outputs sample data of the sensed spatial radio wave signal; a calculation processing section that converts the sample data into time series sample data; a collision detection section that calculates a packet collision rate based on the number of packet collisions and the number of the plurality of test packets if there is a packet collision due to interference of the plurality of test packets with another communication; and a control section that adjusts a parameter that the data transmission and reception section uses based on a calculation result of the collision detection section. | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120320760 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA USING CONTENTION-BASED ACCESS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus is provided for transmitting and receiving data using a Contention-Based (CB) access to prevent successive collisions due to an HARQ operation and improve the probability of successful reception in a mobile communication system. In a method for transmitting data using a CB access, it is determined whether it is possible to transmit data provided from an upper layer to a Node B using a CB access method. If it is possible to transmit the data using the CB access method, a CB grant is acquired from the Node B. Upon acquiring the CB grant, a transmit power is determined by selecting a smaller value among a value obtained by adding a predetermined first margin value to an uplink power Required_uplink_power required to transmit the data, and a maximum transmit power of a UE. | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120320761 | Residential Gateway - A particular residential gateway includes a network interface, a connector interface to receive a signal via one or more communication lines, and a power coupling device to receive power from at least one of the one or more communication lines. The residential gateway includes a first module to receive first data via the signal and to route the first data to a first device coupled to the network interface. The first module is powered using the power received from the at least one communication line by the power coupling device. | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120320762 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING END-TO-END CALL COMPLETION STATUS - The present invention enables a method for following the state of a call and generating defects as function of call completion success as opposed to discrete events that happen at individual network elements during the call. In one embodiment, the invention uses Call Detail Records (CDR) to analyze the end-to-end completion status to measure per call basis defects instead of using defect codes generated by network elements on a per equipment basis. CDR is data associated with a telephone call, including the calling and the called numbers, the date and timestamp, the duration, the call setup delay, and the final handling code of the telephone call. | 12-20-2012 |
| 20120327786 | METHOD FOR MAPPING GENERIC CLIENT SIGNALS INTO A GENERIC FRAMING PROCEDURE (GFP) PATH - 10 bit words from a client are packed into 64B/65B blocks such that at least some of the blocks have data containing only a portion of at least some of the 10 bit words. The 64B/65B blocks are combined into groups of eight to form superblocks. The superblocks are combined in multiples of five to form a Generic Framing Procedure (GFP) frame such that the GFP frame contains an integer number of complete 10 bit words with no partial 10-bit words. | 12-27-2012 |
| 20120327787 | CORE SERVICES PLATFORM FOR WIRELESS VOICE, DATA AND MESSAGING NETWORK SERVICES - A Core Service Platform (CSP) system is integrated with an operator network and IT system to provide services to subscribers and operators. Based on information collected from the operator network and IT system, the CSP system delivers alerts to a subscriber's device and provides offers to resolve the condition causing the alerts. The CSP system provides customized contextual offers to the subscriber's device based on contextual assessments of a subscriber's current context, such as time in contract, loyalty status, data and voice usage, value of customer, time, location and purchase history. The CSP system also provides an operator a suite of tools for the operator to manage its pricing, offers, campaigns and other subscriber-related issues. | 12-27-2012 |
| 20120327788 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EVALUATING COMPONENT COSTS IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and apparatus for calculating a cost index in a communication network. In one embodiment, a plurality of first cost factors associated with a first set of network elements is obtained. Subsequently, a plurality of second cost factors associated with a second set of network elements is obtained. A first cost index is then determined based on the plurality of first cost factors associated with the first set of network elements. Similarly, a second cost index is determined based on the plurality of second cost factors associated with the second set of network elements. Afterwards, the first cost index is compared to the second cost index to determine a point in time when a service provider should minimize new investment in the first set of network elements. | 12-27-2012 |
| 20130003562 | LINK FAULT DETECTION METHOD AND APPARATUS - An embodiment of the present invention provides a link fault detection method, including: sending, by a detection initiating apparatus, a first detection packet to a first detection object; sending, by the detection initiating apparatus, a second detection packet to a second detection object, if a first response packet is not received within a preset time, where the first response packet corresponds to the first detection packet; and determining that a link fault is on the first detection object or between the first detection object and the second detection object, if a second response packet is received within a preset time, where the second response packet corresponds to the second detection packet. In addition, an embodiment of the present invention further provides a corresponding link fault detection apparatus. According to the link fault detection method and apparatus, it may be judged which specific segment a link fault exists in. | 01-03-2013 |
| 20130003563 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING SERVICE DISRUPTIONS IN A PACKET NETWORK - A method and system for detecting service disruptions in a packet network is described. In one example, a plurality of data reports is received. A determination is then made as to whether a number of the plurality of data reports that pertain to a particular class has exceeded a predetermined threshold. In the event the threshold is exceeded, at least one notification is transmitted. | 01-03-2013 |
| 20130003564 | Link Adaptation for Retransmission Schemes - Link adaptive retransmission techniques are provided for use in connection with wireless communications between a first wireless communication device and a second wireless communication device. The first wireless communication device generates M packet error information values for the transmit session of a packet based on whether an acknowledgment message or a non-acknowledgment message is received from the second wireless communication device for a transmission and for previously sent transmissions even if less than M transmissions are sent by the first wireless communication device to the second wireless communication device upon completion of the transmit session. The first wireless communication device computes a retransmission fading margin based on the M packet error information values, from which an effective carrier-to-interference-plus-noise ratio is derived for selection of a modulation scheme. | 01-03-2013 |
| 20130010608 | METHOD, DEVICE, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR DETECTING AND ENCODING STATES FOR ACCURATE MEASUREMENT - A method, device, and program for determining states in a flow of packets are provided. A flow of transmitted packets is received. When the difference between the sequence number of the arriving packet and the next expected sequence number is equal to zero and when the TTL number of the arriving packet is equal to the TTL number of the previous packet, there is a stable state beginning with the first of the consecutively received packets. If a difference between the sequence number of an arriving packet and a next expected sequence number is greater than 1, or TTL of the arriving packet is not equal to the TTL number of the previous packet, there is a not stable state. Time between end of one stable state and start of the next stable state is the hole, and the states and holes correlate to events for analysis of the network. | 01-10-2013 |
| 20130010609 | Node with an Improved Back up Protocol | 01-10-2013 |
| 20130010610 | NETWORK ROUTING ADAPTATION BASED ON FAILURE PREDICTION - Embodiments of the invention provide a system that predicts network events and triggers a pre-emptive response. An example implementation predicts network link failures and creates a change in the network before the failure actually happens by instigating policy-based adjustment of routing parameters. In particular, an embodiment of the invention operates in two phases. In the first phase the historical operation of a network is observed (B. | 01-10-2013 |
| 20130010611 | Methods and Devices for Controlling the Deactivation of Transmission Carriers - In a communication system, activity of a transmitter ( | 01-10-2013 |
| 20130016616 | METHOD FOR BACKHAUL LINK PROTECTION IN A MIMO WIRELESS LINKAANM Coldrey; MikaelAACI LandvetterAACO SEAAGP Coldrey; Mikael Landvetter SEAANM Hansryd; JonasAACI GoteborgAACO SEAAGP Hansryd; Jonas Goteborg SE - A wireless communication link arrangement and a method performed in the communication link, which link comprises a first node with a plurality of transmitting antenna arrangements and a second node with a plurality of receiving antenna arrangements that forms a number of radio chains RC, each arranged to operatively communicate a signal a comprising a data stream so as to form a primary MIMO-scheme. At least one of the nodes is arranged to control the degradation of the link by being configured to operatively: detect a malfunction for at least one radio chain RC of the primary MIMO-scheme, select a communication scheme using a reduced number of data streams communicated by the other radio chains of the link arrangement, communicate the selection of the communication scheme to the other node, and continue the communication according to a communication scheme. | 01-17-2013 |
| 20130021918 | FAULT MONITORING IN CONNECTION-ORIENTED NETWORKS - The invention relates to a method of fault monitoring in a fault monitoring entity of a network node of a network having at least a first connection-oriented network layer, having first protection measures associated therewith, and a second connection-oriented network layer, having second protection measures associated therewith. In a first step the service condition status of the first network layer is monitored using the first protection measures. In a second step the second network layer protection measures are determined for onward transmission within the second network layer depending on the service condition status of the first network layer. Since the network node is aware of the monitored status condition of both the first and second layers the protection mechanisms for the first network layer and the second network layer can be co-ordinated and the second network layer protection measure for onward transmission may be determined for optimum network fault protection operation. | 01-24-2013 |
| 20130021919 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR A SIGNALING CONNECTION RELEASE INDICATION - A method and system for processing a signaling connection release indication between user equipment and a wireless network, the method comprising the steps of: monitoring, at the user equipment, whether a signaling connection release indication should be sent to the wireless network; appending, at the user equipment, a cause for the signaling connection release indication to the signaling connection release indication; sending the appended signaling connection release indication to the wireless network; receiving the signaling connection release indication at the wireless network; and filtering said cause to determine whether to raise an alarm. | 01-24-2013 |
| 20130021920 | TERMINAL APPARATUS AND RESPONSE SIGNAL TRANSMITTING METHOD - Disclosed are a terminal apparatus and a response signal transmitting method that can reduce the signaling overheads related to a bundling group in a communication system to which a partial bundling is applied. In a terminal ( | 01-24-2013 |
| 20130021921 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION - A method for transmitting uplink control information includes: determining, by a User Equipment (UE), configuration information of its Component Carrier (CC); receiving, by UE, a downlink data packet of each CC, and generating acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement ACK/NACK information of the CC to be fed back for each CC independently; and determining indicator information for indicating the ACK/NACK information of the UE that is to be fed back to an evolved Node-B eNB and a channel resource for sending the indicator information according to the configuration information of its CC and whether it is required to send a Scheduling Requirement (SR) information, and sending an indicator message using the determined channel resource. | 01-24-2013 |
| 20130028099 | BOOTSTRAPPING FAULT DETECTION SESSIONS OVER A P2MP TUNNEL - A method for detecting faults associated with a tunnel delivering multicast traffic from a source provider edge router (PE) to each of a plurality of destination PEs, the method using a routing protocol such as BGP to communicate route information to destination PEs, and a fault detection protocol such as BFD to detect tunnel faults. | 01-31-2013 |
| 20130028100 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINISTIC TESTING OF PACKET ERROR RATE IN ELECTRONIC DEVICES - A method and system for testing packet error rate in electronic devices by transmitting a series of data packets from a testing device to a device under test (DUT) and setting a predefined number of received error-free data packets; evaluating whether a number of data packets from the series of data packets received error-free by the DUT equals the predefined number of received error-free data packets and transmitting additional data packets from the testing device to the DUT, at a power level known to produce zero received-packet errors in a correctly operating DUT, if the number of data packets from the series of data packets received error-free by the DUT does not equal the predefined number of received error-free data packets. Additional possible embodiments include evaluating whether a total number of data packets from the series of data packets and the additional error-free-power-level data packets received error-free by the DUT equals the predefined number of received error-free data packets and transmitting a confirmation data packet to the testing device in response to reception by the DUT of the predefined number of received error-free data packets. | 01-31-2013 |
| 20130028101 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING SIGNATURE BASED PREDICTIVE MAINTENANCE IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method and apparatus for collecting and processing line performance data transmitted over cables, e.g., Y-cables, is disclosed. The present invention applies a method based on specific performance measurements, specific measurement time intervals, and compare results from different measurement time intervals to produce a “signature” that indicates deteriorating performance of a particular Y-cable. Once a “signature” is detected, the method will proactively and automatically generate a trouble ticket to trigger the dispatch maintenance staffs to service the cable, e.g., to perform the replacement of the Y-cable in question, thus completing the predictive maintenance process. A trouble ticket is a record used to report and manage the resolution of network related problems. | 01-31-2013 |
| 20130033989 | ENHANCED DOWNLINK RATE ADAPTATION FOR LTE HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK BASE STATIONS - Downlink rate adaptation in wireless communication systems are disclosed in which a UE reports RIs for both interference-free and interference-limited subframes. In general, the RI for the interference-free subframes will be higher than the RI reported for the interference-limited subframes. However, an eNB selects an RI and a transmission rate for interference-limited subframes based on what the UE can sustain instead of based only on the RI reported by the UE. | 02-07-2013 |
| 20130033990 | SYSTEMS, METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS CONDITION BASED MULTIPLE RADIO ACCESS BEARER COMMUNICATIONS - Systems, devices, and methods for wireless condition based multi radio access based wireless communication are provided. In one aspect, a device configured to communicate via a wireless communication link is provided. The device includes a controller configured to send a request for network resources for packet data transmission. The controller may be configured to suppress the request for network resources based in part on a condition of the wireless communication link and a type of wireless communication that is being transmitted by the device. | 02-07-2013 |
| 20130033991 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR RADIO LINK FAILURE INFORMATION PROCESSING - Disclosed in the present invention are a method and system for processing radio link failure information. In the above method, a network device managing a cell notifies the peer of the RLF information processing ability of the network device for the peer to carry out RLF information processing according to the RLF information processing ability, wherein the RLF information processing ability comprises: whether or not each cell managed by the network device supports RLF reporting information processing. By way of the technical solution provided by the present invention, not only meaningless waste of resources of the terminal is avoided, but also the network side is avoided to carry out meaningless processing and forwarding after receiving the RLF information, thus reducing the overhead of air interface signaling resources, and reducing the memory and power consumption waste for the terminal and network element to carry out RLF information processing. | 02-07-2013 |
| 20130039192 | Methods, Apparatus and Wireless Device for Transmitting and Receiving Data Blocks - A wireless transmitter transmits a plurality of data blocks defined in a transmission window for receipt by a receiver. The transmitter transmits a status request to the receiver for positive acknowledgement of successful receipt of the status request, the status request identifying a data block. The transmitter updates the transmission window upon receipt of a positive acknowledgement of receipt of a data block or upon receipt of a positive acknowledgement of receipt of a status request relating to a data block. The updating removes the record of the data block from the transmission window and adds a record of at least one different data block to the transmission window. | 02-14-2013 |
| 20130044607 | LONG RANGE WLAN DATA UNIT FORMAT - In a method for generating a control data unit a physical layer (PHY) preamble of the control data unit is generated. In generating the PHY preamble, an address field is generated to indicate a communication device for which the data unit is intended, and a frame type field is generated to indicate a type of the control data unit. The address field and the frame type field are included in the PHY preamble. The control data unit is generated to include the PHY preamble. The control data unit is transmitted. The control data unit omits (i) a MAC header, and (iii) a payload. | 02-21-2013 |
| 20130044608 | NODE AND METHOD FOR SIGNALLING IN A PROXY MOBILE INTERNET PROTOCOL BASED NETWORK - Example embodiments are presented herein which relate to signalling in the presence of a Proxy-Call Session Control Function (P-CSCF) node failure or restart in a Proxy Mobile Internet Protocol (PMIP) based network. The example embodiments provide a means for a PGW or GGSN, which functions as a Local Mobility Anchor (LMA), to provide an update or indication of the P-CSCF failure or restart directly to a Serving Gateway, which functions as a Mobility Access Gateway (MAG). | 02-21-2013 |
| 20130051246 | STATE INFORMATION AND ROUTING TABLE UPDATES IN LARGE SCALE DATA NETWORKS - In a communication network comprising nodes and links between the nodes, a controller node disseminates link state information. A nodal routing table exists at each node comprising routes between pairs of nodes. The nodal routing table is either populated by the given node based on network information received from the controlling node or populated at the controlling node and received by the given node. Each node receives heartbeat signals from its neighbouring nodes. An unexpected delay between heartbeat signals may be perceived as a failure of a link. The perceived failure of that link is reported by the perceiving node to the controlling node. Upon receiving link failure information from a node, the controlling node may determine a subset of nodes in the network influenced by the link failure and indicate the link failure to the determined subset of influenced nodes. | 02-28-2013 |
| 20130051247 | Identifying Network Performance Alert Conditions - A computer-implemented method includes receiving diagnostic data from a plurality of network interface devices via a plurality of network connections corresponding to the network interface devices. Each of the plurality of network interface devices includes a diagnostic module to gather diagnostic data pertaining to the network interface device, to gather diagnostic data pertaining to the corresponding network connection, and to gather diagnostic data pertaining to a video device at a user location. The video device is coupled to the network interface device to receive video data via the corresponding network connection. The method also includes analyzing the diagnostic data at the computing device to identify one or more performance alert conditions associated with a service provider network. The method further includes generating an output identifying one or more potential causes of the one or more identified performance alert conditions. | 02-28-2013 |
| 20130058221 | Analysis Of A Communication Event - Method, system, device, server and computer program product for analyzing a communication event occurring over a network, wherein a network service provider provides access to the network for a communication client executed at the device to engage in the communication event. The communication client detects a problem with the communication event. Communication metric data relating to the communication event is determined. It is determined, using the determined communication metric data, whether the detected problem is caused by a reason (i) of a poor network condition in the network, or a reason (ii) of the network service provider discriminating against transmission over the network of a type of data used in the communication event. In the event that it is determined that the detected problem is caused by reason (ii), a notification is provided to a user of the device. | 03-07-2013 |
| 20130058222 | COLLISION HANDLING AND SYNCHRONIZATION OF NODES IN A CSMA/CA NETWORK - A system and method of retaining synchronization in a shared medium communications network. Synchronization is maintained between colliding transmitters and receivers by providing a Collision Based Inter Frame Space (CBIFS) which is a time period at least as long as the longest frame and that starts from a point in time common to all nodes such as after the backoff period (beginning of the PHY header). After a collision is detected in either a transmitting or receiving node, the node waits the remaining time in the CBIFS period. For transmitters the node waits the remaining time period from the end of the frame transmission until the CBIFS period terminates. For receivers, the node waits from the end of the preamble until the CBIFS period terminates. | 03-07-2013 |
| 20130058223 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR HANDLING NODE FAILURE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, an apparatus and a system for handling node failure. The method for handling node failure includes: sending, by an intermediate node, a context processing request message to a remote node when detecting that a first node occurs a failure, where the context processing request message is used to instruct the remote node to delete context information associated with the first node and the intermediate node; and deleting the context information associated with the first node and the intermediate node, by the remote node, according to the request message. The technical solution can enable the remote node to process the context information associated with the first node in time | 03-07-2013 |
| 20130064101 | AUTOMATING WIRELESS CUSTOMER CARE - Providing automated customer care for a mobile phone is described herein. By way of example, a system can include component(s) that can automatically detect and transmit an error in interfacing a mobile phone with a communication network. The system also can include a customer care component(s) that can receive the error, initiate an error resolution process, and automatically provide a plurality of options with which to contact customer care and/or utilize customer care resources. | 03-14-2013 |
| 20130070613 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TESTING A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK HAVING A CENTRAL BUS GUARDIAN (CBG) TO DETECT A FAULTY CONDITION ASSOCIATED WITH THE CBG - Systems and methods for testing a communications network having a central bus guardian (CBG) to detect a faulty condition associated with the CBG are described. In one embodiment, a method for testing a communications network having a CBG to detect a faulty condition associated with the CBG includes supplying a communications schedule to the CBG, causing test data to be transmitted between different buses that are connected to the CBG according to the communications schedule, and determining the faulty condition associated to with the CBG based on whether or not the test data is received according to the communications schedule. Other embodiments are also described. | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130070614 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DELIVERY NOTIFICATION OF NON-ACCESS STRATUM RETRANSMISSION - A method and apparatus for data delivery confirmation in a wireless/transmit receive unit (WTRU) including transmitting an uplink (UL) message, performing a mobility operation, determining that the UL message is not acknowledged, and generating a delivery failure message. The mobility operation is a handover or a radio resource control (RRC) connection reestablishment. A message including the delivery failure message is passed between protocol layers. | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130070615 | Methods and Devices in a Wireless Communication Network - A user equipment method and a user equipment in idle mode, for enabling the compilation of information concerning the radio coverage within a cell of a base station. The user equipment is configured to communicate with the base station. The method comprises the actions of detecting a loss of coverage and transmitting coverage information, to be received by the base station. A network node receives the coverage information from the idle mode user equipment. The received coverage information is identified as information related to the occurrence of lost coverage for the user equipment. Thereafter is the received coverage information logged and usable for adjusting the transmission power of the base station and/or for network planning purposes. | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130077498 | Managing Behavior of Release-7 and Release-8 User Equipment during Continuous Packet Connectivity Configuration - When a serving Node B has deactivated Continuous Packet Connectivity and the UE then is reconfigured with a RRC reconfiguration message, it can happen that the UE acts as though CPC is activated whereas the serving Node B, on the other hand, acts as though CPC functionality is still deactivated. In several embodiments of techniques for addressing this problem, previously known signaling messages and/or user plane frame headers are modified to include new indicators/parameters, which are used to signal that a given UE should be expected to have non-uniform behavior with respect to remembering CPC activation status after acting on a RRC Reconfiguration message, because it is a Release 7 or Release 8 mobile station. These new indicators/parameters may also be used by a Node B, in some embodiments, to acknowledge the receipt of an indication from an RNC that non-uniform behavior should be anticipated for a given UE. | 03-28-2013 |
| 20130083667 | Accessibility Measurements - Minimization of drive tests, MDT, in a radio access network, RAN, comprises determining ( | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130083668 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - In one embodiment, there is provided a communication device including: a storage configured to store transmission packets and expected reply results; a controller configured to transmit the transmission packets to a network and to detect reply results corresponding to the transmission packets from the network; and a determination module configured to determine whether or not each of the reply results matches a corresponding one of the expected reply results. When the determination module determines that a reply result corresponding to one of the transmission packets matches a corresponding expected reply result, the controller continues to transmit another one of the transmission packets to the network and to detect a reply result corresponding to said another one of the transmission packets. When the determination module determines that the reply result does not match the corresponding expected reply result, the controller stops transmitting the remaining transmission packets to the network. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130083669 | FAULT MANAGEMENT TRAFFIC REDUCTION IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS - A method includes configuring one or more network nodes in a radio access network using information to be used by the one or more network nodes to determine whether an event detected by the one or more network nodes and associated with the radio access network should be reported. Another method includes configuring a network node in a radio access network using information to be used by the network node to determine whether an event detected by the network node and associated with the radio access network should be reported. Responsive to the configuring, the network node may or may not report the event. Apparatus, computer programs, computer program products, and communication systems are also disclosed. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130083670 | PMIPV6 MAG RESTORATION - A mechanism to permit an LMA to perform some specific handling once MAG restart is detected is disclosed. If a MAG restart is detected by the LMA, the LMA preferably will not release all corresponding binding in its cache. The LMA may select an alternative MAG which is servicing the same. Then the LMA can send a mobility message to the selected MAG. The mobility message can be triggered by the restart detection or by the received downlink data on one or more valid binding. The mobility message can contains all UE identity that has a valid binding in the LMA and the restarted MAG. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130088974 | Avoiding Micro-loops in a Ring Topology of a Network - In one embodiment, micro-loops are avoided in ring topologies of packet switching devices by changing the order of propagation of link state information concerning failed communications between a particular packet switching device and a neighbor packet switching device. In one embodiment, the particular packet switching device communicates link state information of a high cost of the particular communications (e.g., in the direction from particular to neighbor packet switching devices) such that this link state information will propagate towards the particular packet switching device from at least from the furthest packet switching device in the ring topology that is currently configured to forward packets having a destination address of the neighbor packet switching device through the particular packet switching device. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130088975 | Method and System for Fault Detection Using Round Trip Time - A computer readable storage medium stores a set of instructions executable by a processor. The set of instructions is operable to receive, from a user device, a query relating to a degradation of performance of the device within a network; receive, from a transceiver station, a record relating to a time to send data to the device; and identify the existence of an error in the device based on a determination that the time is greater than a predetermined threshold. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130088976 | Method for Detecting Mismatch Fault and Maintenance Endpoint - The disclosure provides a method for detecting a mismatch fault and a Maintenance Endpoint (MEP). The method includes: determining whether there is a Traffic Engineering Service Instance (TESI) configured in a segment, setting a Present Traffic in Segment (PTS) variable, and setting a value of a PTS field included in a Connectivity Check Message (CCM) sent from a Maintenance Endpoint (MEP); receiving the CCM by the MEP, when the value of the PTS field included in the CCM does not coincide with that of the PTS variable, setting, by the MEP, a first mismatch fault indication variable mmCCMreceived to be set; when the first mismatch fault indication variable mmCCMreceived remains set after a first preset time period expires, detecting that a mismatch fault occurs. The method finds timely the mismatch problem occurred in the segment protection of Provider Backbone Bridging-Traffic Engineering (PBB-TE), thereby preventing data loss and service interruption caused by the occurrence of mismatch. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130094369 | ITERATIVE MAPPING METHODS FOR INGRESS MITIGATION IN CABLE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Methods for reducing ingress in a neighborhood node of a cable communication system. The node includes a hardline cable plant and multiple subscriber service drops to convey upstream information from multiple subscriber premises over an upstream path bandwidth. A mobile broadcast apparatus equipped with a transmitter is directed along a drive path proximate to the hardline plant, and a test signal having a frequency falling within the upstream path bandwidth is broadcast along the drive path. Respective positions of the broadcast apparatus, and signal amplitudes at the test signal frequency representing test signal ingress in the node due to one or more hardline plant-related and/or subscriber-related faults, are recorded, and a neighborhood node ingress map is generated. Following remediation of one or more faults based on the map, the process is repeated to generate one or more additional iterations of the map to document a progression of ingress mitigation efforts. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130094370 | Methods and Apparatus for Selecting the Better Cell From Redundant Streams Within A Cell-Oriented Environment. - The specification discloses methods and apparatus for selecting the better of two or more copies of a cell in a cell-oriented redundant switching system connected to an external communications network. In the preferred embodiment, the best cell copy selection aligns redundantly transmitted cell streams before selecting cells for insertion in the data stream. Because the streams are aligned before the selection is made, the best cell copy selector compares each cell at the same instant in time, rather than basing its selection on past events. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130100824 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR INTERMEDIATE NODE TO LOCATE A FAULT INDEPENDENTLY - A method for an intermediate node to locate a fault independently, where the intermediate node serves to forward a packet between a first end node and a second end node, the method includes: creating a test packet and sending the test packet to the first end node, where the test packet includes address information of the second end node, and the test packet is used to trigger the first end node to send a response packet to the second end node; forwarding the response packet from the first end node to the second end node; capturing the response packet ; and analyzing, according to a result of the packet capturing, whether a packet from the first end node to the second end node can be forwarded normally. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100825 | METHOD FOR MANAGING COMMUNICATION BETWEEN AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE, FOR EXAMPLE A CONTACTLESS CHIP CARD, AND A COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, FOR EXAMPLE A READER, AND CORRESPONDING ELECTRONIC DEVICE - The device is equipped with several protocol decoding means (DCDi) corresponding respectively to various communication protocols so as to be capable of dialoguing with the said communication apparatus during transactions selectively according to one of these communication protocols; the method comprises an automatic protocol detection comprising a) an activation ( | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130114417 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING RADIO BEARER LOSS INFORMATION - A method for reporting radio bearer loss information is provided in an embodiment of this invention. The method comprises: receiving a User Equipment UE Context Release Request message or a Release Access Bearer Request message or an Iu interface release request message all carrying a release cause value; and if the release cause value indicates an abnormal release, reporting radio bearer loss information to a gateway while preserving non-GBR bearers. With the method and apparatus of embodiments of this invention, not only bearer reporting can be realized, but also problems caused by the release of Non-Guaranteed Bandwidth non-GBR bearers can be prevented. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130121166 | DATA BREAKOUT APPLIANCE AT THE EDGE OF A MOBILE DATA NETWORK - Mobile network services are performed in an appliance in a mobile data network in a way that is transparent to most of the existing equipment in the mobile data network. The mobile data network includes a radio access network and a core network. The appliance in the radio access network breaks out data coming from a basestation, and performs one or more mobile network services at the edge of the mobile data network based on the broken out data. The appliance has defined interfaces and defined commands on each interface that allow performing all needed functions on the appliance without revealing details regarding the hardware and software used to implement the appliance. This appliance architecture allows performing new mobile network services at the edge of a mobile data network within the infrastructure of an existing mobile data network. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130121167 | CONTROLLING COMMUNICATIONS IN A MULTI-CARRIER WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of controlling communication between a first network node and a second network node in a multi-carrier wireless communications system, network nodes and a computer program product are disclosed. The method of controlling communication between a first network node and a second network node in a multicarrier wireless communications system in which a predetermined set of a plurality of carriers are utilised to support communication between the first network node and the second network node, the predetermined set of the plurality of carriers comprising a primary carrier and at least one secondary carrier, comprises the steps of: determining an occurrence of an event requiring a change in the primary carrier; indicating to a third network node that a physical layer instruction is to be transmitted between said first network node and the second network node; and transmitting a physical layer instruction between the first network node and the second network node, the physical layer instruction encoding reselection information to cause the second network node to select a different carrier from the plurality of carriers as a new primary carrier. By sending the instruction using the layer one or physical layer, the speed at which the instruction can be transmitted between the network nodes is vastly increased, which enables fast switching to occur, thereby preventing a loss of communications between the network nodes. By indicating to a third network node that a physical layer instruction is to be transmitted between the first network node and the second network node, maintenance of synchronisation is simplified and unpredictable network behaviour is minimised. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130121168 | Blindly Decoding Interfering Cell PDCCH to Acquire Interfering Cell PDSCH Transmission Information - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a technique for blindly decoding interfering cell Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) to acquire interfering cell Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) transmission information. A UE may determine, for one or more aggregation levels, sets of CCEs that potentially include the PDCCH, based on available CCEs for each aggregation level and identify a set of decoding candidates based on the determination. Once the decoding candidates are decoded, the UE may perform an error correcting procedure on decoded candidates and prune out unlikely candidates. Likely decoded candidates may be further pruned based on comparison of CRC calculated using information bits only and possible Radio Network Temporary Identifiers (RNTIs). The UE may then interpret content of the PDCCH of the interfering cell based on surviving candidates. The UE may then use the interpreted PDCCH information to determine PDSCH information. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130121169 | Point to Multi-Point Based Multicast Label Distribution Protocol Local Protection Solution - In one aspect, the disclosure includes an apparatus comprising a processor configured to function as a merge point (MP) in a point to multi-point (P2MP) backup label switching path (LSP) for a primary LSP, receive P2MP backup LSP information originating from a protected node, wherein the P2MP backup LSP information comprises the identity of a point of local repair (PLR), determine a backup label switching router (LSR), and send a message with the identity of the backup LSR to an upstream node. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130136007 | INTEGRATED FAULT DIAGNOSIS AND PROGNOSIS FOR IN-VEHICLE COMMUNICATIONS - A method of diagnosing a fault in an in-vehicle communication system. The in-vehicle communication system includes a transmitting node, at least one receiving node, and a network communication bus coupling the transmitting node to the at least one receiving node. A message is transmitted from the transmitting node to the at least one receiving node over the communication bus. A fault detection technique is applied within the transmitting node for detecting a fault within the transmitting node. A fault detection technique is applied to the at least one receiving node for detecting a fault within the at least one receiving node. A fault detection technique is applied within the network communication bus for detecting a fault within the communication bus. An analyzer collectively analyzes results from each respective detection technique for isolating a fault within the in-vehicle communication system. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130136008 | METHOD OF ACCOMMODATING SIGNALS, FRAME GENERATION APPARATUS, FRAME RECEPTION APPARATUS, AND TRANSMISSION SYSTEM - For a frame comprising a payload region in which a client signal is to be accommodated, and an overhead region accommodation location information indicating a location where the client signal is to be accommodated, the frame being able to be processed as an m (m is an integer equal to or greater than 2)-byte cycle multiframe, the location information for the frame is defined as an m×n (n is an integer equal to or greater than 2)-byte cycle multiframe; using the location information defined as the multiframe, the location where the client signal is to be accommodated in the payload region is defined; and the client signal is accommodated in the payload region, based on the defined location where the client signal is to be accommodated. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130142052 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO INVOKE DATA EXCHANGE BASED NETWORK RECOVERY - Example methods and apparatus to conditionally invoke network recovery are disclosed. A disclosed example method in a wireless device involves detecting a radio resource connection failure and identifying whether downlink data is expected. The disclosed example method also includes initiating a registration procedure when downlink data is expected. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130148509 | NETWORK DEVICE WITH AUDIO-ALERT NOTIFICATION CAPABILITY - Methods and apparatus for outputting an audio indication in response to a temporary alteration in an Internet connection in an effort to more effectively notify users of the current connection situation are provided. In this manner, users are more likely to be notified of the temporary alteration in Internet connectivity, thereby potentially avoiding any adverse effects caused by such alteration, especially in applications that rely on constant Internet connectivity. These applications may include security surveillance, medical monitoring, and the like. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148510 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PREVENTING INTRUSION OF ABNORMAL GTP PACKET - Provided are a system and method for preventing the intrusion of an abnormal GPRS tunneling protocol (GTP) packet. The system includes: a system management unit including a monitoring unit which monitors a state of the system and a mode changing unit which changes an operation mode of the system based on the state of the system; a packet capture unit including a packet management unit which stores information about a GTP packet based on the operation mode of the system and a detection result checking unit which determines whether to drop the GTP packet; and a packet detection unit including a packet parsing unit which parses the information about the GTP packet and a packet analysis unit which analyzes the parsed information about the GTP packet, wherein the operation mode of the system is an intrusion prevention system (IPS) mode or a bypass mode. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130155872 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR REDUCING THE IMPACT OF FALSE DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION (DCI) DETECTION IN LONG TERM EVOLUTION (LTE) PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL (PDCCH) DATA - Methods, systems, and computer readable media for reducing the impact of false downlink control information (DCI) detection in long term evolution (LTE) physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) data are disclosed. According to one method, an LTE multi-UE simulator receives PDCCH data from an evolved node B (eNode B). The LTE multi-UE simulator applies blind DCI decoding to decode at least one DCI value from channel control elements that carry the PDCCH data. The LTE multi-UE simulator applies at least one false DCI detection countermeasure to identify as true or false DCIs from the DCIs detected using the blind decoding. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155873 | HOSTING EDGE APPLICATIONS AT THE EDGE OF A MOBILE DATA NETWORK - Mobile network services are performed in a mobile data network in a way that is transparent to most of the existing equipment in the mobile data network. The mobile data network includes a radio access network and a core network. A breakout component in the radio access network breaks out data coming from a basestation, and hosts edge applications, including third party edge applications, that perform one or more mobile network services at the edge of the mobile data network based on the broken out data. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155874 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR DETECTING MULTI-PROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHING RING NETWORK - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method, an apparatus, and a system for detecting a multi-protocol label switching ring network. The method includes: initiating, by a ring ingress node, a detection request packet; determining a ring label switched path LSP forwarding equivalence class FEC corresponding to the detection request packet, and encapsulating the ring LSP FEC into the detection request packet; sending the detection request packet after encapsulation to a ring egress node; and determining whether a detection reply packet sent by the ring egress node is received; if yes, determining that the ring LSP is connected; otherwise, determining that the ring LSP is not connected. Therefore, the embodiments of the present invention are able to directly detect connectivity of a ring LSP, solving the problem in the prior art where an interference exists during detection of the ring LSP connectivity. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155875 | PUSH-TO-TALK-OVER-CELLULAR (POC) - A Push-to-Talk-over Cellular (PoC) implementation for use in a wireless communications network, wherein one or more servers interface to the wireless communications network to perform the PoC call sessions. Both the servers and the mobile units that use the PoC call sessions communicate with each other using SIP/IP (Session Initiation Protocol/Internet Protocol) control messages within the wireless communications network, and one or more of the servers switches RTP/IP (Realtime Transport Protocol/Internet Protocol), RTCP/IP (Realtime Transport Control Protocol/Internet Protocol), or MBCP/IP (Media Burst Control Protocol/Internet Protocol) voice packets for the PoC call sessions between the mobile units across the wireless communications network. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130163437 | NETWORK CARD DETECTING CIRCUIT - A detecting circuit includes a network interface, a switch, a baseboard management controller (BMC) having first and second signal pins, and a detecting unit. The first and second signal pins receive low level signals when the network line is disconnected from the network interface. The first signal pin receives a high level signal and the second signal pin receives a low level signal when the network line is connected to the network interface but the network card is malfunctioning. The first and second signal pins receive high level signals when the network line is connected to the network interface and the network card works normally. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130163438 | Data Integrity Scoring and Visualization for Network and Customer Experience Monitoring - Systems and methods for data integrity scoring and visualization for network and customer experience monitoring are described. In some embodiments, a method may include receiving a first set of vectors, each vector representing a network event generated by a network testing system, each vector including a plurality of dimensions and a first plurality of values, each value associated with a corresponding one of the dimensions. The method may also include identifying a second set of vectors representing at least a portion of the network events as observed by a network monitoring system, each vector in the second set of vectors including the plurality of dimensions and a second plurality of values. The method may further include calculating a presence score as a ratio between a number of vectors in the second and first sets of vectors, and/or an accuracy score as a measure of a discrepancy between corresponding values. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130163439 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEMFOR SENDING AND RECEIVING INTERFACE CONNECTIVITY INFORMATION - The invention discloses a method and device for sending and receiving interface connectivity information. eNB sends the message carrying interface connectivity information between eNB and neighbor eNB through X2 interface to enable relay node to acquire the interface connectivity information between eNB and neighbor eNB to further accomplish handover, automatic neighbor relation setup, interference coordination and load equilibrium. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130176859 | WIRELESS CONTROL PLANE FAILURE HANDLING IN A SPLIT-PLANE DEPLOYMENT - A method, apparatus and computer program product for providing wireless control plane failover handling in a split-plane deployment is presented. A first AP in a split-plane deployment detects failure of a Wireless Control Plane (WCP) device. The first AP hides an SSID in beacons broadcast by the first AP. The first AP stores information for existing Mobile Units (MUs) that dissociate after the detection of the failure of the WCP device. The first AP will respond to probes from existing MUs; and also respond to probes from MUs that have their information stored in the AP, such that the first AP appears hidden from new MUs while being exposed to existing MUs. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130176860 | Identification of a Fault - An apparatus, method, and system are provided for determining a location of an error source. Equalization coefficients may be retrieved and an average period of time between localized peak amplitudes may be determined. The average period of time may be multiplied by a velocity of propagation associated with a communication channel to determine an approximate location of the error source. The equalization coefficients may correspond to the inverse of the frequency response associated with the communication channel and may be updated over time using replacement or combination (e.g., convolution) techniques. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130176861 | CONTROL APPARATUS, A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, A COMMUNICATION METHOD AND A RECORDING MEDIUM HAVING RECORDED THEREON A COMMUNICATION PROGRAM - A control apparatus for controlling a network includes a path control unit for selecting a communication apparatus having an identifier as a destination communication apparatus among a communication apparatus group, based on a connection relationship between the communication apparatus group, which is connected to the network and includes communication apparatuses each having a same identifier, and a source communication apparatus which performs communication using the identifier as a destination address, and setting a process corresponding to a path from the source communication apparatus to the selected destination communication apparatus to a transfer apparatus in the network. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130176862 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING RADIO LINK FAILURE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of detecting a radio link failure in a wireless communication system is provided. A mobile station initializes a radio link failure (RLF) counter for detecting the radio link failure and determines whether decoding of a message on a downlink channel is successful. The mobile station decrements a value of the RLF counter if the decoding fails, and increments the value of the RLF counter if the decoding is successful, and declaring the radio link failure if the value of the RLF counter is less than or equal to a specific value. A decrement size of the value of the RLF counter varies according to a received signal strength of the downlink channel. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130182580 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR MONITORING MULTICAST AVAILABILITY - Differences in the way a network and a host operating system handle multicast traffic is used to create a passive monitoring construct that measures both multicast availability and isolation. In one aspect, a computer registers a multicast group with a network to multicast a simple heartbeat message; consumer computers look for this heartbeat to detect multicast failures. In another aspect, a heartbeat is generated on the same multicast group that is being monitored but on a different port than the application traffic for this multicast group. The network routes the heartbeat packets identically to those of the application data but the heartbeat packets are instead delivered to a monitoring process and not the end application on arrival at the consumer computer. A correlating computer serves as a stateful warehouse of all multicast publisher and consumer information using information obtained by client-side agents. Using information of who is publishing and who the consumers in the various parts of the network actually see, island detection and network failures can be detected. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130194933 | SELECTING A DATA UNIT FOR RETRANSMISSION - An event is detected relating to failure to receive an acknowledgment of a particular data unit transmitted by the first wireless node. According to a predefined criterion, a data unit is selected from a plurality of unacknowledged data units for retransmission. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194934 | PACKET PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETECTING DUPLICATE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT PACKET - Provided are a packet processing apparatus and method for detecting a duplicate acknowledgement (ACK) packet. The packet processing apparatus initiates a session and then detects a retransmission packet and a duplicate ACK packet from input/output packets using statistic information related to packet retransmission. Accordingly, unnecessary traffic generated regardless of a user's intension can be blocked. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130201838 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR INFORMATION VERIFICATION BASED ON CHANNEL AWARENESS - This disclosure describes techniques for operating a client device to communicate with a wireless access point to validate data within a frame by comparing channel quality metrics and duration metrics to thresholds. Information received within a validity window may be treated as correctly received even if the frame fails a subsequent verification process or if reception of the frame is terminated prior to the end of the frame. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130215762 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROACTIVE MANAGEMENT OF A COMMUNICATION NETWORK THROUGH MONITORING A USER NETWORK INTERFACE - Systems and methods for proactive management of a communication network through monitoring a user network interface are disclosed. Example disclosed methods include determining that a first network component associated with first information obtained from a first received exception message is related to both a first user network interface and a second user network interface, determining that a second network component associated with second information obtained from a second received exception message is related to both the first and second user network interfaces, determining that a third network component associated with third information obtained from a third received exception message is related to both the first user network interface and a third user network interface, combining the first, second and third information to proactively assess performance of the first user network interface, and combining the first and second information to proactively assess performance of the second user network interface. | 08-22-2013 |
| 20130215763 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, CIRCUIT FOR COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a communication apparatus which performs wireless communication over a plurality of lines, a reduction in transmission efficiency is prevented from occurring. A communication apparatus is provided with: a plurality of reception units which receive signals of the same content from an opposed station over a plurality of lines using wireless communication; a quality determination unit which determines qualities of the plurality of lines based on the received signals of the same content; a modulation scheme determination unit which determines a modulation scheme to be used for the wireless communication based on the quality of only a line over which communication is possible when it becomes impossible to perform communication over a line among the plurality of lines; and a transmission unit which transmits information indicating the determined modulation scheme to the opposed station. | 08-22-2013 |
| 20130215764 | METHOD OF DETECTING A LOSS OF SERVICE AVAILABILITY, IN PARTICULAR A JAMMING TRANSMITTER AND/OR AN OUT OF SERVICE SITUATION, AFFECTING A COMMUNICATION USER EQUIPMENT, USER EQUIPMENT AND EVALUATION UNIT WITH INTERFACES TO THE USER EQUIPMENT - The invention relates to a method of detecting a jamming transmitter affecting a communication user equipment, wherein said communication user equipment (UE) and a number of base node stations (BNS) are components of a cellular code division multiple access (CDMA) based radio network (RN), wherein a communication signal unit (SU) is correlated with a pseudonoise spread code (SC) in a serving cell coverage area (CA) of a serving base node station (sBNS) and transmitted as a pseudonoise chip (CHI) in a multiple shared communication frequency channel spectrally located between an upper frequency and a lower frequency of a communication frequency band (FB I-XIX) and the pseudonoise spread code (SC) is received by the communication user equipment (UE) as a serving pseudonoise spread code (sSC) from said serving base node station (BNS) in a serving downlink channel (sCPICH). | 08-22-2013 |
| 20130223234 | MULTI-THREADED PACKET PROCESSING - A system is disclosed for concurrently processing order sensitive data packets. A first data packet from a plurality of sequentially ordered data packets is directed to a first offload engine. A second data packet from the plurality of sequentially ordered data packets is directed to a second offload engine, wherein the second data packet is sequentially subsequent to the first data packet. The second offload engine receives information from the first offload engine, wherein the information reflects that the first offload engine is processing the first data packet. Based on the information received at the second offload engine, the second offload engine processes the second data packet so that critical events in the processing of the first data packet by the first offload engine occur prior to critical events in the processing of the second data packet by the second offload engine. | 08-29-2013 |
| 20130223235 | Idle Mode Hybrid Mobility Procedure in a Heterogeneous Network - A UE comprising a processor configured to perform cell selection based on range expansion according to a cell selection criteria that considers both a control channel quality and a data channel quality and further according to a cell ranking criterion. A fall back cell selection may be provided if a coverage hole is detected. | 08-29-2013 |
| 20130229922 | DS-Lite with BFD Support - A network node for detecting failures in a Dual Stack Lite (DS-Lite) tunnel, comprising a processor configured to obtain a domain name that identifies a first node, create the DS-Lite tunnel to the first node using the domain name, initiate a first bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) session to the first node, transmit a plurality of BFD data packets within the DS-Lite tunnel, and detect a failure within the DS-Lite tunnel using the BFD data packets. | 09-05-2013 |
| 20130229923 | Methods And Apparatus For Improved Scanning Of A Radio Frequency (RF) Band For WLANs In An Unknown Regulatory Domain - Techniques are described for use in scanning by a mobile device which is configured to communicate in compliance with regulatory requirements of a regulatory domain based on country information communicated in one or more beacon frames. The mobile device scans a radio frequency (RF) band using passive scan operations on RF channels having passive scan status, where each passive scan operation involves monitoring an RF channel in attempt to decode a beacon frame. When the mobile device successfully decodes, on an RF channel for a passive scan operation, an information frame of a type that is different from a beacon frame, it changes the passive scan status of the RF channel to an active scan status and performs an active scan operation on the RF channel. | 09-05-2013 |
| 20130242754 | EVOLVED PACKET CORE (EPC) NETWORK ERROR MAPPING - A first node device, associated with an evolved packet core network, receives an error code from a second node device associated with the evolved packet core network, where the error code is destined for a user equipment. The first node device compares the error code to information included in a data structure that maps multiple error codes to multiple translated error codes understood by the user equipment, and translates the error code into a translated error code based on the comparing of the error code to the information included in the data structure. The translated error code is in a format that is understood by the user equipment. The first node device provides the translated error code to the user equipment or to a third node device associated with the evolved packet core network. | 09-19-2013 |
| 20130242755 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication system includes a pilot addition decision portion for deciding whether to add pilot symbols which are separate from the basic pilot symbols, to frames; a control symbol generation portion for generating control symbols including information related to additional pilot symbols; a frame assembly portion for assembling frames to which pilot symbols are added according to pilot addition decision; a transmission portion for transmitting the frames; and the reception device includes a control symbol demodulation portion for demodulating control symbols included in the received frames, and judges whether or not additional pilot symbols are included in the received frames based on the control symbol information; a data symbol demodulation portion for demodulating data symbols based on a propagation path estimation value which is estimated using the additional pilot symbols or using the additional and basic pilot symbols when the additional pilot symbols are included in the received frame. | 09-19-2013 |
| 20130250775 | METHOD OF FREQUENCY SYNCHRONIZATION IN DISTRIBUTED NETWORK - A method and apparatus for synchronizing a carrier frequency of a node included in a distributed network are provided. The apparatus includes a frequency offset estimating unit, an offset average value calculating unit, and a frequency adjustment value calculating unit. The method includes receiving preambles from a plurality of nodes adjacent to the node, estimating offsets of the carrier frequencies from the received preambles for each of the plurality of neighbor nodes, calculating an average value of the estimated offsets, calculating an adjustment value of the carrier frequencies with respect to the entirety of the plurality of neighbor nodes by using the average value, and adjusting a carrier frequency of the node on the basis of the adjustment value. | 09-26-2013 |
| 20130265884 | LINK FAILURE DETECTION AND INTERWORKING SYSTEM RELOCATION IN CIRCUIT SWITCHED FALLBACK - A method and mechanism to detect failure of an S | 10-10-2013 |
| 20130272139 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LOGGING INSTANCES OF A UE FAILING TO ESTABLISH CONNECTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and apparatus are disclosed for logging instances of a UE (User Equipment) failing to establish connection in a wireless communication network. The method includes logging, in an error log, a failure of a first RRC (Radio Resource Control) connection establishment procedure caused by a first reason, and not logging a failure of a second RRC connection establishment procedure caused by a second reason. | 10-17-2013 |
| 20130272140 | Data Driven Connection Fault Management (DDCFM) In CFM Maintenance Points - A Connection Fault Management (CFM) maintenance point and method for providing Data Driven Connection Fault Management (DDCFM) in CFM maintenance points in a communication network. A Reflection Responder, an RFM Receiver, and a Decapsulator Responder are implemented in existing CFM maintenance points. The Reflection Responder selects frames to be reflected, mirrors the selected frames if a Continuation option is set, and encapsulates the selected frames with Return Frame Message (RFM) OpCode. The RFM Receiver sends received RFM frames to an analyzer if addressed to the maintenance point and otherwise to a passive multiplexer. The Decapsulator Responder decapsulates Send Frame Message (SFM) frames and sends decapsulated frames toward the destination specified in each frame. | 10-17-2013 |
| 20130279347 | Faulty Link Detection Method, Apparatus, Node, and System - A faulty link detection method includes receiving statistical data that is reported by all nodes every preset quantity of packets that carry a program clock reference value. All the nodes collect statistical data starting from a unified program clock reference value. The quantity of packets lost between an upstream node and a downstream node among all the nodes is acquired according to the statistical data. A faulty link is determined according to the quantity of packets lost between the upstream node and the downstream node. | 10-24-2013 |
| 20130279348 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR GENERATING ARQ FEEDBACK MESSAGE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for generating an Automatic Repeat reQuest (ARQ) feedback message in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes generating first feedback information of at least one ARQ block, determining whether any ARQ blocks include at least one successfully received ARQ sub-block, when the at least one erroneous ARQ block includes at least one successfully received ARQ sub-block, adding second feedback information of the ARQ sub-blocks to the first feedback information of the ARQ blocks using a field indicating whether the second feedback information is added and a field indicating the erroneous ARQ blocks including the at least one successfully received ARQ sub-block, and sending the first feedback information with the second feedback information added, to the transmitting stage. | 10-24-2013 |
| 20130286852 | Estimating Physical Locations of Network Faults - A method of estimating a physical location of a network fault is provided. Information is received concerning the physical topology of the network by data pulls of information concerning network components and terminal network elements and geographic locations thereof. A network fault is detected by monitoring at least one performance parameter transmitted via upstream communications from the terminal network elements, and a physical location of a network fault is estimated based on the performance parameter, the physical topology of the network, and the terminal network element or elements from which the performance parameter was received that indicated the network fault. A list of network components that require inspection and that may provide a source of the network fault is generated. A signal processing electronic device for mapping the network fault and a non-transitory computer readable storage medium having computer program instructions are also provided. | 10-31-2013 |
| 20130286853 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR NETWORK DETECTION AND MITIGATION OF HYBRID CLIENT DEVICE OPERATION - Methods and apparatus for network-based detection and mitigation of hybrid client device reception outage events. For example, in one embodiment, a cellular device uses a single-radio solution to support circuit-switched calls on a CDMA 1X network and packet-switched calls on LTE. Periodically, the cellular device tunes away from LTE and monitors CDMA 1X activity, and vice versa. During these tuned-away periods, the network adjusts operation to mitigate adverse effects (e.g., underutilization of radio resources, synchronization loss, etc.). | 10-31-2013 |
| 20130286854 | METHOD AND NETWORK DEVICE FOR DETECTING IP ADDRESS CONFLICT - The present invention discloses a method and network device for detecting IP address conflict. The method for detecting IP address conflict comprises: collecting all the ARP entries from a broadcasting network segment; and carrying out a data check on the ARP entries collected, and determining that there is an IP address conflicted when it is detected that there are ARP entries with the same IP address but different media access control (MAC) addresses. The network device includes a collecting module and a detecting module. The present invention may achieve the function of IP address conflict detection in a broadcasting network segment by employing one or several network devices and uses the ARP flexibly. The outer appearance of the ARP protocol is not changed, and the other devices in the broadcast network segment do not need to modify the protocol or provide special function support. | 10-31-2013 |
| 20130286855 | Spectrum analysis capability in network and/or system communication devices - Spectrum analysis (SA) capability is included in various communication devices within a communication network. One or more of the devices use the SA information from other devices in the system to determine status of various communication links were devices in the system. One or more processors within one or more devices can identify any actual/existing or expected failure or degradation of the various components within the system. Such components may include communication devices, communication channels or links, interfaces, interconnections, etc. When an actual/existing or expected failure or degradation is identified, the affected components may be serviced or devices within the system may operate to mitigate any reduction in performance caused by such problems. Such SA functionality/capability may be implemented in one communication device or in a distributed manner across a number of devices in a communication system. | 10-31-2013 |
| 20130294255 | METHOD FOR EFFICIENT PARALLEL TESTING OF TIME DIVISION DUPLEX (TDD) COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - The invention described herein utilizes devices under test (DUTs) outfitted with stored, predefined test sequences, testers equipped with vector-signal generation (VSG) and vector-signal analysis (VSA) functionality, and novel methods for combining loopback and single-ended test functions in order to obtain higher testing efficiency for DUTs using Bluetooth or other time-division duplex (TDD) based communications. | 11-07-2013 |
| 20130294256 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING ERROR DETECTION IN COORDINATION WITH A RADIO LINK LAYER - An approach includes detecting failure of an error detection scheme relating to transmission of data units of a transport block. A negative acknowledgement message is generated in response to the detection of the failure. The negative acknowledgement message is forwarded to a radio link controller for discarding one or more of the data units. | 11-07-2013 |
| 20130294257 | Methods for Subscriber Tracing Based on Error History Information - Methods and arrangements for subscriber tracing based on error history information, are disclosed. A method in a network node ( | 11-07-2013 |
| 20130301424 | MULTICAST/BROADCAST CONTENT DELIVERY BASED ON FEEDBACK FROM A USER DEVICE - A user device may receive a portion of multicast content and may obtain transmission information associated with the portion of the multicast content. The transmission information may identify parameters or radio conditions under which the portion of the multicast content is being received by the user device. The user device may provide, to a server device, the transmission information, and may receive content that remedies a condition, associated with the portion of the multicast content. The condition may be detected, by the server device, based on the transmission information. | 11-14-2013 |
| 20130301425 | Preventing Leaks Among Private Virtual Local Area Network Ports Due to Configuration Changes in a Headless Mode - Techniques are provided for hosting a first virtual switch and one or more virtual machines (VMs) configured to be part of a virtual LAN (VLAN). The first virtual switch enables communications among the VMs arranged in one or more private VLANs (PVLANs). The first virtual switch receives a packet from a source VM that is evaluated for source identifier information associated and destination identifier information associated with a destination VM serviced by a second virtual switch for which the packet is destined. An evaluation result is obtained. Based on the evaluation result, the first virtual switch determines whether the source and destination VMs belong to a same PVLAN and drops the packet if the source VM and the destination VM do not belong to the same PVLAN. | 11-14-2013 |
| 20130301426 | Method and System for Silent Trunk Failure Detection - A system and method for performing a first diagnostic test on a first class of service on a network link during a current measurement period, performing at least one further diagnostic test on a second class of service on the network link during the current measurement period, determining whether an alert was present during a previous measurement period and generating a current failure alert based on results of the first and the at least one further diagnostic tests if an alert was present during the previous measurement period. | 11-14-2013 |
| 20130315072 | WIRELESS DEVICE, NETWORK AND METHODS - Apparatus, methods, and computer programs are disclosed that include sending an update message to a core network by a voice centric user equipment coupled to a legacy access network supporting circuit switched voice service, receiving an updating accept message containing a status report of possible enhanced network capabilities of a non-legacy access network, and, in response to receiving the status report of possible enhanced network capabilities, determining whether to enable the non-legacy access network. | 11-28-2013 |
| 20130315073 | Diversity Monitoring for Communication Network Circuits - Methods, systems, and computer-readable media are provided for monitoring circuit diversity within a communications network. Information is gathered regarding circuits within the communications network. Diversity rules for the circuits are received. The diversity rules may limit the sharing of network resource between primary and secondary circuit pairs. The information regarding the circuits is analyzed to identify violations of the diversity rules. A report on the violations of the diversity rules is generated. | 11-28-2013 |
| 20130315074 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING POWER OUTAGE REPORT AND DEVICE THEREFOR - Disclosed are a method for transmitting and receiving a power outage report and a device therefor. According to the present invention, a method for allowing a machine to machine (M2M) device to transmit a power outage report comprises a step of transmitting, to a base station, a first message which contains a bandwidth request (BR) index value defined in advance if a power outage occurs, wherein said BR index value defined in advance is allocated to indicate to said M2M device that the power outage has occurred. | 11-28-2013 |
| 20130315075 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND REPORTING METHOD - In a wireless communication terminal in a wireless communication system for performing a control not to transmit signals, or to transmit signals with a reduction in a transmission power by a part of radio resources for a downlink signal in a cell provided by a base station, the terminal receives control information in generating a report related to a measurement result of the cell provided by the base station, monitors a state of a radio link with an own cell, and performs measurement on reception of the downlink signal. If an instruction for restricting the measurement to a part of the radio resources is included in the control information from the base station after the radio link failure occurs, the terminal generates and transmits a radio link failure report including the measurement result in the radio resources as instructed when the radio link failure occurs. | 11-28-2013 |
| 20130322262 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MONITORING AND MEASUREMENT OF WI-FI INTERNET SERVICES - The present invention is related to a method and a device which contains a diagnostic client ( | 12-05-2013 |
| 20130329567 | DELAYING NETWORK RESELECTION FOLLOWING PERFORMANCE OF A CIRCUIT SWITCHED FALLBACK PROCEDURE IN A CALL FAILURE SCENARIO - A method for delaying network reselection by a wireless communication device following a call failure is provided. The method can include determining an initiation of a voice call while connected to a first network. The method can further include participating in a circuit switched fallback (CSFB) procedure to transition from the first network to a second network in response to initiation of the voice call. The method can additionally include determining an occurrence of a call failure of the voice call. The method can also include, responsive to the call failure, barring reselection to the first network for a threshold barring period. | 12-12-2013 |
| 20130329568 | COMMUNICATION ANALYSIS APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION ANALYSIS METHOD - To obtain a communication analysis apparatus and a communication analysis method that are allowed to analyze a communication message and a waveform signal in such a manner that the communication message and waveform signal are associated with each other. A communication analysis apparatus includes division organization information addition means for adding, to a plurality of division data obtained by dividing data into predetermined lengths, division organization information | 12-12-2013 |
| 20130329569 | OUTAGE ANALYSIS SYSTEM - A device may receiving alarms identifying failures of network elements, create a site table that includes a list of sites at which the alarms are generated and a number of alarms for each of the sites, determine whether an outage has occurred based on the alarms, analyze whether the outage is a false outage based on a failure of a probe that generates the alarms, and provide a notification that includes the site table, an indication of whether the outage has occurred, or an indication whether the outage is a false outage. | 12-12-2013 |
| 20130329570 | CHANNEL QUALITY ESTIMATION FROM RAW BIT ERROR RATE - Channel quality metrics (such as SINR, BLER, and the like) are derived from a raw bit error rate (RBER), defined as the error rate of raw bits output by a demodulator. These initial raw bits are decoded and error-checked (or error-corrected). The error-free decoded bits are re-encoded, and the regenerated raw bits are compared to the initial raw bits to determine the RBER. The RBER is then converted to SINR, BLER, or other channel quality metric. The RBER-based metrics are derived from a data channel rather than reference signals, and hence more accurately reflect deviations from nominal transmission power level, and include receiver demodulator impairments. | 12-12-2013 |
| 20130343198 | BEACON FRAME MONITORING - Techniques are disclosed relating to reception of beacon frames. In one embodiment, an apparatus is disclosed that includes a radio circuit. The radio circuit is configured to determine an estimated time period during which the radio circuit will receive a next beacon frame from a wireless access point associated with a wireless channel. The estimated time period is determined relative to a clock of the radio circuit. The radio circuit is further configured to begin monitoring the wireless channel for the next beacon frame during the estimated time period. | 12-26-2013 |
| 20130343199 | TECHNIQUES FOR PROCESSING INCOMING FAILURE DETECTION PROTOCOL PACKETS - Techniques that assist in processing of failure detection protocol (FDP) packets. Techniques are provided that assist a CPU of a network device in processing incoming FDP packets. In one embodiment, only a subset of FDP packets received by the network device is forwarded to the CPU for processing, the other FDP packets are dropped and not forwarded to the CPU. In this manner, the amount of processing that a CPU of the network device has to perform for incoming FDP packets is reduced. This enables the network device to support newer FDPs with shorter periodic interval requirements. | 12-26-2013 |
| 20130343200 | NETWORK POWER FAULT DETECTION - Network power fault detection. At least one first network device is instructed to temporarily disconnect from a power supply path of a network, and at least one characteristic of the power supply path of the network is measured at a second network device connected to the network while the at least one first network device is temporarily disconnected from the network. | 12-26-2013 |
| 20130343201 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR MONITORING A SERVICE PROVIDED OVER A PACKET-SWITCHED NETWORK - Methods and systems for monitoring a service provided over a packet-switched network, such as an Internet Protocol television (IPTV) service, an Internet access service, or a voice-over-Internet-Protocol (VoIP) telephony service. Various parameters related to the service (e.g., parameters indicative of packet loss, packet corruption or other packet error) are determined and used to assess various aspects of the service and/or network over which the service is delivered, including a quality of experience (QoE) of subscribers. | 12-26-2013 |
| 20140003252 | DISCONNECTION DIAGNOSIS | 01-02-2014 |
| 20140010090 | BROADCASTING OF DATA FILES AND FILE REPAIR PROCEDURE WITH REGARDS TO THE BROADCASTED DATA FILES - A method in a Broadcast Multicast Service Centre, BM-SC, comprising at least two file repair servers is arranged for performing a file repair session following a broadcast transmission of a data file to a User Equipment, UE, in a radio communication system. After having determined whether a first of the file repair servers is experiencing, or is predicted to experience, an overload condition, an information message, indicating the existing or predicted overload experience of the first file repair server and capable of indicating a time interval, T, which shall have elapsed before the UE is allowed to transmit a file repair request to the first file repair server, is transmitted to the UE in case it is determined that the first file repair server is experiencing, or is predicted to experience, an overload condition. | 01-09-2014 |
| 20140010091 | Aggregating Data Traffic From Access Domains - According to one embodiment, a first message identifying a best root node of a spanning tree may be generated. The spanning tree may be implemented by an access domain. The message may be generated independently of a spanning tree protocol instance. The first aggregation node may transmit the first message to a plurality of access nodes of the access domain. Data traffic from the plurality of access nodes may be received. Each access node of the plurality of access nodes may implement a spanning tree protocol instance that selects the best root node as a root node of the spanning tree. The data traffic may be aggregated with other data traffic of a plurality of access domains, and the aggregated data traffic transmitted to an aggregation network. | 01-09-2014 |
| 20140016480 | ALARM TRIGGERING DEVICE FOR A SECURITY SYSTEM - An alarm triggering device ( | 01-16-2014 |
| 20140016481 | RELAY DEVICE, RELAY METHOD, AND RELAY PROCESSING PROGRAM - A failure is detected in a middle path of communication information received from one communication network. When the communication information received from the one communication network is relayed to another communication network, information is output to the other communication network by storing information about the failure detected from the communication information received from the one communication network in a header of communication information to be output to the other communication network. | 01-16-2014 |
| 20140022911 | Method and Apparatus for the Fast Detection of Connectivity Loss Between Devices in a Network - A method and apparatus for quickly determining the status of a network device in a network communicates status inquiry messages over the forwarding plane of one network device to at least one neighboring network device The status inquiry messages indicate the connectivity status with at least one neighboring network device. | 01-23-2014 |
| 20140036690 | AGGREGATED APPLIANCE IN A MOBILE DATA NETWORK - A mobile data network includes a breakout appliance at the edge of the mobile data network and an appliance in the core network that includes multiple enclosures. Each appliance has defined interfaces and defined commands on each interface that allow performing all needed functions on the appliances without revealing details regarding the hardware and software used to implement the appliances. An aggregate appliance in the mobile data network defines high-level commands, which each have a corresponding set of steps that are performed when the high-level command is executed. Each step causes one or more of the defined commands to be executed on the breakout appliance and/or the appliance in the core network and/or one a related software entity. This aggregated appliance allows configuring and controlling the breakout appliance and the appliance in the core network in a way that is transparent to most existing components in the mobile data network. | 02-06-2014 |
| 20140036691 | GLOBAL AND LOCAL OPTIMIZATION OF WI-FI ACCESS POINTS - A method of managing Wi-Fi access points (APs) includes selecting between a global optimization and a local optimization of AP parameters based at least in part on one or more factors. The method includes causing a global optimization to be performed in the event that a global optimization is selected, the global optimization comprising: searching for adjustments to a first set of AP parameters that optimize an overall performance associated with a global region, the global region including a first set of APs. The method includes causing a local optimization to be performed in the event that a local optimization is selected, the local optimization comprising: searching for adjustments to a second set of AP parameters that optimize an overall performance associated with a localized region, the localized region including a second set of APs, wherein the second set of APs comprises a subset of the first set of APs. | 02-06-2014 |
| 20140043982 | CORRELATING RADIO LINK FAILURE AND MINIMIZATION OF DRIVE TEST REPORTS - Various communication systems may benefit from appropriate correlation of failure reports. For example, communication systems of the third generation partnership project (3GPP) may benefit from correlating radio link failure and minimization of drive test reports, particularly with respect to self-organized networks mobility robustness optimization. | 02-13-2014 |
| 20140050101 | DEVICE, SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF MONITORING FAX RELAY - Device, system, and method of monitoring fax relay. An apparatus for measuring Quality of Service (QoS) of Fax over Internet Protocol (FoIP) calls includes: a FoIP packet monitoring module to monitor in real-time Internet Protocol (IP) network streams exchanged between a FoIP emitter device and a FoIP receiver device; a FoIP equipment evaluator to evaluate real-time performance of at least one of: the FoIP emitter device, and the FoIP receiver device; and a FoIP call QoS evaluator to evaluate in real time a FoIP call QoS quality of a FoIP communication between said FoIP emitter device and said FoIP receiver device. | 02-20-2014 |
| 20140050102 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNAL AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - In the present invention, a user equipment measures a wireless signal from a specific cell, and decides whether to store and/or report to a base station information on a wireless link failure, if the wireless link failure occurs, depending on the type of a cell which is measured or the type of a frame in which the wireless link failure occurs. According to the present invention, the user equipment can be prevented from reporting unnecessary information to a network. | 02-20-2014 |
| 20140056151 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR OFFLOAD PROCESSING OF ENCAPSULATED PACKETS - Methods and systems described herein facilitate offload processing of encapsulated packets. A virtualization manager enables a virtual switch to be associated with a virtual overlay network. A virtual machine includes a virtual NIC that is connected to the virtual overlay network via the virtual switch. The virtualization manager is configured to encapsulate an outgoing packet sent from the virtual machine to the virtual overlay network. The virtualization manager is also configured to de-encapsulate an incoming packet sent from the virtual overlay network to the virtual machine. A physical NIC is configured to calculate at least one inner checksum based on the encapsulated outgoing packet and to verify at least one inner checksum included in the de-encapsulated incoming packet. | 02-27-2014 |
| 20140064103 | Apparatus and Method For Declaring Radio Link Failure (RLF) - According to one aspect, there is provided a method performed by a communication device for declaring RLF. In some embodiments, the method includes: (1) the communication device establishing a connection with a serving base station; (2) the communication device determining whether to relax a condition for declaring RLF; (3) the communication device using a first rule in declaring an RLF in response to determining that the communication device should not relax the condition; and (4) the communication device using a relaxed rule in declaring an RLF in response to determining that the communication device should relax the condition, wherein the relaxed rule is less stringent than the first rule. | 03-06-2014 |
| 20140071832 | NETWORK FAULT LOCALIZATION - Mechanisms for monitoring communication links in a network are disclosed. A device receives a plurality of path performance indicators over a period of time. It is determined that at least some of the path performance indicators identify a path violation in a corresponding path of a plurality of paths in the network. For each path performance indicator that identifies a path violation, a communication link value associated with each communication link in the corresponding path is updated based on a path violation value. The device identifies at least one particular communication link as a problematic communication link based on a comparison between a problematic link criterion and the communication link value associated with the at least one particular communication link. | 03-13-2014 |
| 20140071833 | Packet Loss Recovery on a Wireless Link in a Transmission Layer Protocol Session - Methods and apparatus are provided for recovering from packet loss in an end-to-end network connection having at least one wireless segment. A packet on a wireless segment of an end-to-end network connection is processed by determining whether the packet comprises one or more of a lost packet and a malformed packet; and generating a modified packet for an application associated with the packet to replace one or more of the lost packet and the malformed packet if the application is substantially tolerant to one or more of lost and malformed data. The modified packet comprises, for example, a non-original packet and/or a corrected packet. Link layer information or information from a deep packet inspection can be used to determine whether the packet comprises a lost packet or a malformed packet. | 03-13-2014 |
| 20140071834 | Method and Device for Processing Location Information of Fault Point - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and a device for processing location information of a fault point. The method includes: obtaining, by an ingress node of an LDP LSP, first location information of a fault point on a link traversed by the LDP LSP, where the first location information of the fault point includes an identifier of an upstream node of the fault point and an identifier of an interface that is connected to the fault point and located on the upstream node of the fault point; and providing the first location information of the fault point to a user so that the user determines a location of the fault point corresponding to an LDP LSP fault. Therefore, the location of the fault point corresponding to the LDP LSP fault can be determined, and efficiency of troubleshooting specific to the LDP LSP fault can be improved. | 03-13-2014 |
| 20140071835 | Method and Device for Processing Location Information of Fault Point - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and a device for processing location information of a fault point. The method includes: obtaining, by an ingress node of a tunnel, first location information of a fault point on a link traversed by the tunnel, where the first location information of the fault point includes an identifier of an upstream node of the fault point and an identifier of an interface that is connected to the fault point and located on the upstream node of the fault point; and providing, by the ingress node, the first location information of the fault point to a user so that the user determines a location of the fault point corresponding to a tunnel fault. With the technical solutions of the present invention, the location of the fault point can be determined, and efficiency of troubleshooting specific to the tunnel fault can be improved. | 03-13-2014 |
| 20140078908 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION APPARATUS IN IP UPLINK - Provided is a method that may allocate uplink radio resources to a terminal, and may receive data from the terminal using the radio resources. The uplink radio resources may be allocated as contention-based radio resources in a radio network, such as a cellular system, a radio local access network (LAN), and the like, and thus, a plurality of terminals may effectively transmit data using minimum radio resources. | 03-20-2014 |
| 20140086065 | DISJOINT MULTI-PATHS WITH SERVICE GUARANTEE EXTENSION - In one embodiment, a system includes a network manager including logic configured for determining at least one pair of disjoint paths between an ingress node and an egress node from the plurality of nodes in the network, each disjoint path having an ingress node, an egress node, and a number of nodes and connecting links therebetween, wherein each pair of disjoint paths shares no common nodes or links except for the ingress node and the egress node, and logic configured for determining characteristics of each of the at least one pair of disjoint paths based on an assigned cost of each link in the at least one pair of disjoint paths. In other embodiments, methods are described for providing disjoint multi-paths in a network. | 03-27-2014 |
| 20140086066 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR UTILIZING METADATA TO DETECT USER DATAGRAM PROTOCOL (UDP) PACKET TRAFFIC LOSS - Methods, systems, and computer readable media utilizing metadata to detect UDP traffic loss in a test environment are disclosed. In one example, the method includes generating, at a user datagram protocol (UDP) traffic generation module, a plurality of UDP packets associated with a UDP stream, wherein origination information corresponding to the UDP traffic generation module is included in a payload in each of the plurality of UDP packets and receiving, at a UDP traffic receiver module, at least one of the plurality of UDP packets associated with the UDP stream. The method also includes transmitting, from the UDP traffic receiver module to the UDP traffic generation module, recipient information that identifies the UDP traffic receiver module as the receiver of the UDP stream and receiving, at the UDP traffic receiver module via a lossless environment, stream verification metrics from the UDP traffic generation module. | 03-27-2014 |
| 20140086067 | TRANSMITTING DEVICE, METHOD FOR MONITORING MEMORY, AND TRANSMISSION SYSTEM - A transmitting device includes a memory configured to store information items that indicate whether a packet transmitted through a network is distributed in an input and output device for each of identifiers identifying networks; and a processor coupled to the memory and configured to select, from among the identifiers based on the information items, a selected identifier identifying a network through which the packet is distributed in the input and output device a distributed number of times that is smaller than a predetermined value, generate a monitoring packet to be transmitted through the network identified by the selected identifier, access an entry associated with the network identified by the selected identifier and included in the memory, and detect an error of data in the memory when the monitoring packet is distributed in the input and output device. | 03-27-2014 |
| 20140092752 | DENSITY-BASED POWER OUTAGE NOTIFICATION TRANSMISSION SCHEDULING IN FREQUENCY-HOPPING NETWORKS - In one embodiment, a node may discover the density of neighboring nodes in a frequency-hopping communication network. In response to identifying a power outage condition, the node may also dynamically determine an initial power outage notification (PON) transmission protocol based on the density of neighboring nodes. The node may then communicate a first PON to a plurality of neighboring nodes according to the initial PON transmission protocol. | 04-03-2014 |
| 20140098677 | NETWORK SPARES AUDIT OPTIMIZATION AND MAINTENANCE SYSTEMS AND METHODS - A network spares audit, optimization, and maintenance system and method, including: an application running on a processor of one of (1) a network management system of a network and (2) a logistics management tool external to the network and in communication with the network management system of the network, the application including: a mapping algorithm executed by the application and operable for mapping network elements of one or more networks to spares depots; and a probabilistic risk analysis algorithm executed by the application and operable for utilizing statistical analysis to determine how many and what types of spares are stocked at each spares depot based on inputted conditions; wherein operation and output of the application is dynamically updated based on network configuration information automatically received from the network management system of the network. | 04-10-2014 |
| 20140105028 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REDUCING PAGING IN UTRAN/GERAN/E-UTRAN NETWORKS WHEN IDLE SIGNALING REDUCTION IS ACTIVE - Systems and methods are provided for avoiding excessive paging through messaging-based solutions on a mobile network that supports multiple radio access technologies (RATs), such as both Long Term Evolution (LTE) and Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM)/Enhanced Data Rates for GSM Evolution (EDGE)/Universal Mobile Communications System (UMTS) technology, even in situations where the present location of the UE is not known. Preventing paging in access networks where the UE is not present ensures efficient use of radio resources in the paging channel and reduces signaling load on other interfaces. In one embodiment, a user equipment (UE) is simultaneously connected to a Serving General Packet Radio System (GPRS) Support Node (SGSN) and a Mobility Management Entity (MME). By using signaling between the SGSN and MME, the location of the UE may be tracked without requiring unnecessary paging, even when the UE is in IDLE mode or is inactive. | 04-17-2014 |
| 20140105029 | DETECTION OF CABLING ERROR IN COMMUNICATION NETWORK - In one embodiment, a method at a network device includes receiving a link layer advertisement, comparing information in the link layer advertisement with connectivity information stored at the network device, and based on the comparison, determining if there is a cabling error between the network device and a link peer transmitting the link layer advertisement. An apparatus and logic are also disclosed herein. | 04-17-2014 |
| 20140105030 | MEASUREMENT OF FIELD RELIABILITY METRICS - A system that incorporates teachings of the subject disclosure may include an access segment of a mobility network in which routers receive network traffic data from base transceiver stations, forward the network traffic data by way of aggregation routers, originate probe packets directed to a targeted one of the base transceiver station and the aggregation router to determine, by way of an expected reply to each probe packet, reachability of the targeted one of the base transceiver station or the aggregation router. A change from reachability to unreachability of the targeted one of the base transceiver station or the aggregation router is determined to be an indication of service impacted outage. Determined service impacted outages are logged. Reliability metrics, such as average uptime, are computed from reachability status to quantify the impact of service level outages perceptible by the mobile communication devices. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 04-17-2014 |
| 20140105031 | FEATURE PEER NETWORK REPRESENTATIONS AND SCALABLE FEATURE PEER NETWORK MANAGEMENT - A device receives packets of an application flow, and inspects one or more of the packets of the application flow. The device determines, based on the inspection of the one or more packets, a service graph of feature peers for the packets of the application flow. The feature peers are associated with a network and the service graph includes an ordered set of the feature peers. The device creates a representation of the service graph. The representation includes an ordered set of feature elements that represent the feature peers of the service graph. The device provides the representation of the service graph to a controller device, and the controller device configures, based on the representation, the network with the service graph so that the packets of the application flow traverse the service graph. | 04-17-2014 |
| 20140105032 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ANALYZING SIGNALING TRAFFIC - A method and an apparatus for analyzing signaling traffic are disclosed by the embodiments of the present invention, which relate to the field of wireless communications, and are capable of analyzing signaling traffic and obtaining an analysis result. The method of the present invention includes: obtaining the number of signaling messages generated in the process that a terminal device transmits a packet according to user-plane data of the terminal device, where the user-plane data includes an interval between packets transmitted by a terminal device or the length of each packet transmitted by the terminal device; and analyzing the number of signaling messages generated in the process that the terminal device transmits a packet and obtaining an analysis result, where the analysis result includes address information about a terminal device that generates anomaly signaling traffic and/or characteristic information that affects signaling traffic. | 04-17-2014 |
| 20140112153 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MANAGING CONTENTION WINDOW BASED ON TRANSMISSION ERROR DETECTION - Disclosed is a method and apparatus for managing a contention window based on detection of a transmission error, the method including: recognizing a transmission failure of data in the case of transmitting data using a contention-based wireless channel access method; verifying whether the transmission failure of data occurs due to a channel error or a collision by a contention between terminals; and determining a value of a contention window set in association with data transmission based on the verification result. | 04-24-2014 |
| 20140112154 | MANAGING CAPTURED NETWORK TRAFFIC DATA - A system and method for managing captured network traffic data is provided. The invention comprises a plurality of capture agents, each being configured to capture the network traffic associated with one or more applications. Each application is associated with one or more capture agents according to an application profile that is stored and maintained in a capture server. When analysis of an application's network traffic is required, the capture server contacts the corresponding capture agents according to the application profile. The capture server then effects the identification and archiving of the network traffic that corresponds to a user-defined capture condition. A database at the capture server maintains a record that associates the corresponding network traffic with the user-defined capture condition such that the corresponding network traffic can later be retrieved and analyzed using an analysis engine. | 04-24-2014 |
| 20140112155 | Methods and Devices for Radio Link Monitoring - The invention relates to a method for radio-link monitoring in a user equipment ( | 04-24-2014 |
| 20140112156 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR DETECTING BURST TRAFFIC - Presented is an apparatus | 04-24-2014 |
| 20140112157 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING PACKET, UPDATING AND MAINTAINING HYPER FRAME NUMBER, AND PROCESSING DATA - The present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and discloses a method and an apparatus for sending a packet, updating and maintaining a PDCP layer hyper frame number state, and processing data. The method for processing data includes: according to a sequence number in a received packet, determining whether a service data unit in the packet needs to be read; if the service data unit in the packet does not need to be read, determining whether a header compression algorithm is configured for a current PDCP entity or a bearer link corresponding to the PDCP entity; and discarding the service data unit in the packet directly if a result of the judgment indicates that no header compression algorithm is configured for the packet or the current PDCP entity. | 04-24-2014 |
| 20140119199 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A wireless communication system includes a wireless base station and an access control device. The wireless base station is configured to perform a wireless communication with a user terminal. The access control device is connected to a higher level network at an upstream side while being connected to the wireless base station at a downstream side and configured to control an access by the wireless base station to the higher level network. The access control device includes a reception unit and a processing unit. The reception unit is configured to receive a first signal transmitted from the wireless base station. The processing unit is configured to perform a processing depending on a type of abnormality which has occurred at the downstream side of the access control device. The type of abnormality is determined, from among plural types of abnormalities, based on the received first signal. | 05-01-2014 |
| 20140119200 | System and Method for Computing Cost Metrics for Wireless Network Links - A system and method adds and manages entries on a list of entries of routing information to allow the top entry to be used for routing to a destination corresponding to the list. Costs of a wireless link may be a function of the success rate experienced on that wireless link. | 05-01-2014 |
| 20140119201 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE FOR REPORTING ABNORMAL POWER OUTAGE IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM SUPPORTING M2M ENVIRONMENT - The present invention provides a variety of methods for an M2M terminal reporting a power outage when an abnormal power outage occurs, and apparatuses for supporting same. A method for performing a random access procedure for reporting the abnormal power outage in the wireless access system supporting an M2M environment, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the steps of: an M2M device receiving a message comprising an abnormal power outage ranging backoff starting parameter and an abnormal power outage ranging backoff ending parameter, which are used for reporting the abnormal power outage; entering an idle mode; and performing the random access procedure for reporting the abnormal power outage using the abnormal power outage ranging backoff starting parameter and/or the abnormal power outage ranging backoff ending parameter, when the abnormal power outage occurs in the idle mode. | 05-01-2014 |
| 20140119202 | COMMUNICATING ALARMS BETWEEN DEVICES OF A NETWORK - A system and method for communicating alarms. Packets are communicated through multiple maintenance entities in one or more networks. A determination is made that there is a failure between or at one of the multiple maintenance entities in the one or more networks. An alarm is generated at a maintenance entity nearest the failure in response to determining there is a failure. The alarm indicates a location of the failure and an identification of a communications service provider associated with the failure. The alarm is communicated back through one or more of the multiple maintenance entities to a maintenance end point. The alarm is routed to at least a communications service provider determined to be associated with the failure. | 05-01-2014 |
| 20140126384 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROCESSING TRANSMISSION CONFIGURATION DATA - Provided are a method and device for processing transport configuration data. In the method, each object of transport configuration data is abstracted from an LMT network management configuration system; each object is layered and encapsulated according to a hierarchical structure of an Iub interface protocol stack; and association relationship among layered objects is acquired according to a predetermined transport bearer manner. The technical solution provided in the disclosure can intuitively display the transport configuration data of the network management LMT based on the hierarchical structure of the Iub interface protocol stack, and save operational and maintenance costs. | 05-08-2014 |
| 20140140219 | TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND TRANSMISSION METHOD - A transmission device that transmits a frame through either of a plurality of interface device, the transmission device includes a memory, and a first processor coupled to the memory and configured to transmit the frame to at least one of the plurality of interface device, when a connection fault has occurred in a line coupled to the plurality of interface device and a device internal fault has not occurred in the at least one of the plurality of interface device. | 05-22-2014 |
| 20140146687 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REMOTELY LOCATING WIRELESS NETWORK FAULT - The present invention applies to the communications field and provides a method and an apparatus for remotely locating a wireless network fault. The method includes: collecting a running parameter of a wireless network on a terminal side; and sending the collected running parameter of the wireless network on the terminal side to a server. Then the server compares the running parameter of the wireless network on the terminal side with a running parameter of the wireless network on an access point side and which part of the wireless network has a fault is determined according to a comparison result, so that detection is unnecessary on the terminal side when the wireless network is detected to be abnormal on the access point side, thereby improving troubleshooting efficiency and saving labor and reducing costs. | 05-29-2014 |
| 20140160942 | CUSTOMER EDGE DEVICE PROBLEM IDENTIFICATION - Systems, methods, and machine-readable and executable instructions are provided for customer edge device problem identification. Customer edge device problem identification can include obtaining a status of a connection between a provider edge (PE) device and a customer edge (CE) device. Customer edge device problem identification can also include determining whether the status of the connection is non-normal. Customer edge device problem identification can include sending an internet control message protocol (ICMP) echo request to the CE device in response to the status of the connection being non-normal. Customer edge device problem identification can include receiving an ICMP echo response from the CE device. Customer edge device problem identification can also include identifying a simple network management protocol (SNMP) problem that is associated with the CE device based upon the receipt of the ICMP echo response. | 06-12-2014 |
| 20140169181 | METHOD OF FACILITATING TESTING OF MULTIPLE TIME-DIVISION-DUPLEX (TDD) DATA PACKET SIGNAL TRANSCEIVERS - Method and system for facilitating testing of multiple time-division-duplex (TDD) data packet signal transceivers. Replicas of a data packet signal are transmitted by a tester to multiple TDD devices under test (DUTs), where the replicated signal is either a null or TDD data packet signal. In one embodiment, replica null data packet signals are transmitted for a predetermined time interval sufficient for the DUTs to synchronize with the tester. In another embodiment, following successful and unsuccessful receptions of responsive signals from respective DUTs indicating successful reception of their respective replica TDD data packet signals and, therefore, synchronization with the tester, corresponding replica TDD data packet signals are provided with data packet signal characteristics causing such replica data packet signals to fail to conform or to conform, respectively, with a predetermined data packet signal standard. Following synchronization, test and responsive data packet signals can be exchanged between the tester and DUTs. | 06-19-2014 |
| 20140177453 | NETWORK-TRANSMISSION INSPECTION DEVICE AND NETWORK-TRANSMISSION INSPECTION METHOD - The present invention discloses a network-transmission inspection method, applied to a network-transmission inspection device, including: connecting a network-connection module with a base station through a network by a network-communication device; checking whether the number of RX packets received by the network-connection module from the base station has increased at a first predetermined time interval when the network-connection module is connected with the base station; checking whether the number of TX packets transmitted by the network-connection module to the base station has increased when the number of RX packets has not increased; checking whether the connection between the network-connection module and the network-communication device is functioning properly when the number of TX packets has not increased; and increasing the network abnormal number by 1 when the connection is not functioning properly. | 06-26-2014 |
| 20140185457 | COST-EFFECTIVE MOBILE CONNECTIVITY PROTOCOLS - Structures and protocols are presented for signaling a status or decision concerning a wireless service or device within a region to a network participant or other communication device (smartphone or motor vehicle, e.g.). | 07-03-2014 |
| 20140185458 | METHOD FOR MANAGING ERROR IN MULTICAST OR BROADCAST TRANSMISSION AND APPARATUS THEREOF - Disclosed are a method of managing an error in wireless transmission, and an apparatus thereof, and more particularly, a method of managing an error in multicast or broadcast transmission, and an apparatus thereof. The method of managing an error in multicast or broadcast transmission disclosed in the present invention includes: receiving data multicasted or broadcasted to a plurality of receivers; determining whether the data is normally received; selecting a random resource among wireless resources through which an acknowledgement indicating whether the data is normally received is to be transmitted; and transmitting the acknowledgement indicating whether the data is normally received through the selected random resource. | 07-03-2014 |
| 20140185459 | TROUBLESHOOTING METHOD AND APPARATUS - A troubleshooting method includes sending a forward detection message to at least one node on a path to be detected. The forward detection message carries information about a forward path to be detected and information about a backward path to be detected. Faults are detected according to a backward detection message returned by the at least one node. | 07-03-2014 |
| 20140204766 | METHOD FOR DOWNLINK JAMMER DETECTION AND AVOIDANCE IN LONG-TERM EVOLUTION (LTE) NETWORKS - A method for handling a jamming signal in a wireless network includes obtaining network measurement data on a wireless network performance, the network measurement data collected by a wireless network element. A first performance information on the wireless network performance is derived based on the network measurement data obtained. The first performance information is examined with respect to a predefined value. An alert is issued to indicate a presence of a potential jamming signal based on a result of the examination of the first performance information. | 07-24-2014 |
| 20140204767 | Alarm Method for Multi-Mode Base Station, Multi-Mode Base Station, and Communication System - The present invention provides an alarm method for a multi-mode base station. The method includes generating, by the multi-mode base station, alarm information in a first operation mode in a first multi-mode operation mode. The multi-mode base station determines that the alarm information is applicable to all operation modes in the first multi-mode operation mode. The multi-mode base station sends the alarm information as public alarm information of the first multi-mode operation mode to a network management system. The present invention further provides a multi-mode base station and a communication system. The present invention is capable of determining a scope of operation modes related to alarm information generated in the multi-mode base station, which is used to manage the alarm information. | 07-24-2014 |
| 20140219107 | Technique for Determining Correlated Events in a Communication System - A technique for determining a correlation among events occurring in one or more network elements is provided. The correlation among the events results from a propagation of a root event through communication entities of the one or more network elements. In a method implementation the technique comprises the step of receiving a plurality of event messages from one or more network elements, wherein an event message pertaining to an event reported by a particular network element signals an occurrence context, the occurrence context comprising one or more context identifiers describing an internal communication state of the communication entity in which the event occurred at the time when the event occurred. In another step, a set of correlated events linked by identical context identifiers is determined. Based on the set of correlated events, the root event may be identified. | 08-07-2014 |
| 20140219108 | Method And Apparatus For Improved Data Communication In Cellular Access Systems - A method for use in a cellular access system is disclosed. The system comprises at least one Radio Base Station (RBS) and a User Equipment (UE), which can send and receive data blocks to and from each other, comprising sequence numbers. The method, performed by a reporting party, comprises sending a transmission comprising a report to the report receiving party, said report comprising information on whether or not data blocks have been received successfully. The method further comprises sending said report together with data to the report receiving party or to another party. The method further comprises attaching addresses for a recipient of the data blocks and for the report in the transmission. The method further comprises deciding the contents of the report using at least one of a list of priority rules which have been given an internal priority ranking. | 08-07-2014 |
| 20140233395 | ENERGY-EFFICIENT WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS VIA FEEDBACK - Methods and apparatus, including computer program products, are provided for energy efficient communication based on feedback. A method may include sending a first message carried by a first wireless radio channel at a first predetermined energy level; receiving, in response to the first message, a second message carried by a second wireless radio channel; comparing the first message to the second message; sending a termination message, when the comparing indicates the first message and the second message match; and sending a portion of the first message at a second predetermined energy level, when the comparing indicates the second message contains at least one error when compared to the first message. | 08-21-2014 |
| 20140233396 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MONITORING FOR A RADIO LINK FAILURE - Methods and apparatus are described for monitoring for a radio link failure in a long term evolution-advanced (LTE-A) system operated with carrier aggregation. The methods include criteria for determining radio link failure, recovery events, and the actions that a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may take upon the occurrence of such events. | 08-21-2014 |
| 20140233397 | Close Proximity Communication Device and Methods - Disclosed herein are methods and systems for receiving an encoded data packet, one or more activation commands, and a communication identifier, decoding the received data packet, validating the decoded received data packet, and executing one or more routines associated with the respective one or more activation commands. | 08-21-2014 |
| 20140233398 | MULTI-HOP ROUTING PROTOCOL - Disclosed is a method for calculating a route for a transfer of data between a source node and a destination node via at least one intermediate node in a network comprising a plurality of nodes, which, for a current node of said route, comprises a set of nodes adjacent to said current node. The method is suitable for selecting a selection law from a set of selection laws and for choosing an intermediate node according to the current node, by applying the selected law to all or a portion of the nodes of the predetermined set for the current node. Also disclosed is a node-forming device which implements the route calculation method. | 08-21-2014 |
| 20140241169 | CONNECTIVITY MANAGEMENT AND DIAGNOSTICS FOR CELLULAR DATA DEVCIES - A cellular network device comprises a data network indicator and an automatic network reconfiguration module. A data network indicator provides an indication when data network connectivity associated with a cellular network does not meet performance or configuration criteria. An automatic network reconfiguration module automatically reconfigures network data connectivity in the event that an indication has been provided that data network connectivity does not meet performance or configuration criteria. A cellular network device comprises a data network indicator and a management channel. A data network indicator for providing an indication when data network connectivity associated with a cellular network does not meet performance or configuration criteria. A management channel for enabling automatic access in the event that an indication is received that data network connectivity does not meet performance or configuration criteria, wherein the management channel enables automatic access to the cellular network device for administrative maintenance or reporting. | 08-28-2014 |
| 20140241170 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF DIAGNOSING A VIDEO CONDITION EXPERIENCED AT A CUSTOMER PREMISES - A test controller can be operable to diagnose a video condition experienced at a customer premises. The test controller can include a port coupled to the customer premises. The test controller can also include a processor operable to activate a diagnosis sequence, send a set of questions to equipment at the customer premises, and isolate a cause of the video condition to a portion of the network, in response to receiving test a video access device can include a first port coupled to particular test equipment and a second port coupled to video access devices. The test controller can be part of a system that includes methods used to diagnose the video condition experienced at the customer premises. | 08-28-2014 |
| 20140241171 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ADAPTIVE CHANNEL TRANSMISSION USING CHANNEL STATE - The present invention relates to an apparatus and method for adaptive channel transmission using a channel state, and according to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for channel transmission of a remote node includes intermittently receiving a forward channel transmitted from a host node, estimating a reverse channel state based on the received forward channel, determining whether the estimated reverse channel state satisfies a preset channel condition, and adaptively transmitting a reverse channel based on the determined result. | 08-28-2014 |
| 20140254392 | NETWORK IMPLEMENTATION OF SPECTRUM ANALYSIS - Access devices may receive signals over a network and calculate a frequency spectrum of the received signals. An analyzer system may collect the frequency spectrum data from multiple access devices, and based on the collected data, detect, identify, and locate sources of anomalies in a communication network. | 09-11-2014 |
| 20140254393 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING PDCP STATUS - A method and apparatus for method for reporting a Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) status are provided. A wireless device sets up a radio bearer that does not perform retransmission at a Radio Link Control (RLC) layer and transmit a PDCP status report for the radio bearer to a base station, the PDCP status report indicating which at least one PDCP Service Data Unit (SDU) is missing. | 09-11-2014 |
| 20140269341 | WIRELESS SIGNAL INTERFERENCE MITIGATION IN A NETWORK - A transmitter device transmits data over a physical communication link to at least one destination. A monitor resource monitors a frequency band of signals on the physical communication link. At least a portion of the monitored frequency band in the physical communication link used to transmit the data is also allocated for transmissions of wireless communications in a vicinity of the physical communication link. The physical communication link may be damaged for any number of reasons such as a loose connector, rodent chewing on the physical communication link, etc. The damaged locations of the physical communication link are places where the wireless communications are more likely to couple onto the physical communication link and cause interference. In response to detecting presence of an interference signal in the monitored frequency band of the physical communication link, the monitor resource transmits one or more notifications. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140269342 | Scalable Infiniband Interconnect Performance and Diagnostic Tool - In accordance with some implementations, a method for evaluating large scale computer systems based on performance is disclosed. A large scale, distributed memory computer system receives topology data, wherein the topology data describes the connections between the plurality of switches and lists the nodes associated with each switch. Based on the received topology data, the system performs a data transfer test for each of the pair of switches. The test includes transferring data between a plurality of nodes and determining a respective overall test result value reflecting overall performance of a respective pair of switches for a plurality of component tests. The system determines that the pair of switches meets minimum performance standards by comparing the overall test result value against an acceptable test value. If the overall test result value does not meet the minimum performance standards, the system reports the respective pair of switches as underperforming. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140269343 | INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, DATA TRANSFER DEVICE, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM CONTROL METHOD - A processing system includes a first processing device and a switch device. The first processing device includes a first transmitter configured to transmit a plurality of packets, and a controller configured to acquire first time information indicating a first time at which the transmitting of the plurality of packets started. The switch device includes a first receiver configured to receive at least one of the plurality of packets transmitted from the first processing device and receive the first time information from the first processing device, a second transmitter configured to acquire second time information indicating a second time at which a link-up occurred, compare the second time information with the first time information, and perform a notification to a second processing device of occurrence of error in transmitting of the plurality of packets when the second time is later than the first time. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140269344 | NODE DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, STORAGE MEDIUM, AND NETWORK SYSTEM - Anode device includes a transmitter and a processor. The transmitter transmits an inspection frame used in inspecting a status of a route from a source node device to a destination node device. The processor generates a first inspection frame and selects a first node device to which the transmitter transmits the first inspection frame from among candidates for a node device to which a frame addressed to the destination node device is to be forwarded. The processor judges whether a transmission of the first inspection frame has been successfully performed. When the transmission of the first inspection frame has failed, the processor generates a second inspection frame which records a failure in a communication with the first node device. The processor selects a second node device to which the transmitter transmits the second inspection frame from among the candidates. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140269345 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR NETWORK TROUBLESHOOTING AND IMPROVING KPI OF MOBILE DATA NETWORK - A mechanism to allow operators to automatically populate a knowledgebase with protocol characteristics of each mobile device type. In case a mobile device fails to complete signaling dialogue, it logs the messages exchanged till the point the failure occurred. On such failure it triggers a notification so that network operator is alerted with the fact that new device type is failing to get access to the network due to protocol error. Such notification can be used to debug the issue and correct the problem or update customer care information base so that when the affected customer calls, a Customer Service Representative has adequate information to explain to the customer. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140269346 | METHOD, SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR NODE STATUS DETECTION IN DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM - Embodiments of the disclosure disclose a method, a system, and an apparatus for node status detection in a distributed system. The method includes: sending to each of multiple tested nodes a sequence of detection elements in order, and receiving responses returned from the multiple tested nodes in response to the receipt of the detection elements, calculating an average value of the detection elements each corresponding to the last response returned from the respective one of the multiple tested nodes at the end of a time period, as well as an absolute difference between the average value and the detection element corresponding to the last response returned from each of the multiple tested nodes at the end of the time period, and determining a tested node status based on whether the absolute difference corresponding to the tested node falls within a difference range. | 09-18-2014 |
| 20140286176 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RADIO LINK MONITORING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for radio link monitoring in a wireless communication system are provided, in which a transmission point communicating with a network where a Base Station (BS) and at least one Remote Radio Head (RRH) coexist within a cell receives Reference Signal Configuration Information (RSCI) from the network to which the transmission point belongs, receives RSs of at least one RS type indicated by the received RSCI from the BS and the at least one RRH that coexist within the cell, and performs radio link monitoring using the received RSs of the at least one RS type. | 09-25-2014 |
| 20140293799 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING END-TO-END SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT IN SERVICE PROVIDER NETWORK - An operation method and apparatus in a first end device of a service provider network is provided. The method includes generating a measurement frame including information supporting simultaneous measurement of a plurality of Service Level Agreement (SLA) metrics, sending the generated measurement frame to a second end device connected through the service provider network, receiving a reply frame corresponding to the generated measurement frame from the second end device, and analyzing the received reply frame and hierarchically acquiring the plurality of SLA metrics for the second end device. | 10-02-2014 |
| 20140301211 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, CONTROL METHOD OF COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND PROGRAM - A communication procedure for providing or receiving communication parameters can be performed by an easy operation even between devices having both a base station function and a slave station function. A communication device of the present invention determines a role of a device when performing a predetermined communication procedure for providing or receiving communication parameters, and selects operating as a base station or operating as a slave station based on the determined role. The communication device selects based on the determined role operating as a providing device or operating as a receiving device. | 10-09-2014 |
| 20140301212 | WIRELESS TRANSMISSION DEVICE, FAILURE-INFORMATION FORWARDING METHOD, AND FAILURE-INFORMATION NOTIFICATION METHOD - A wireless transmission device houses a plurality of wireless transmission channels including a first and a second wireless transmission channel. The wireless transmission device includes: a wireless signal transmitting and receiving unit that includes a first wireless port and a second port, the first wireless port transmitting and receiving a wireless signal to and from a first transmission device via the first wireless transmission channel, the second wireless port transmitting and receiving a wireless signal to and from a second transmission device via the second wireless transmission channel; and a control unit that notifies the second transmission device of a failure via the second wireless transmission channel in a case where a failure relating to the first wireless port arises. | 10-09-2014 |
| 20140307563 | APPARATUS AND METHODS OF PROCESSING A PROTOCOL DATA UNIT - Methods and apparatus for processing data received at a user equipment comprises determining a protocol data unit (PDU)-specific Layer 1 decoding metric of a Layer 1 decoded PDU. The methods and apparatus further comprises determining whether to perform a Layer 2 decoding of the Layer 1 decoded PDU based on the PDU-specific Layer 1 decoding metric. | 10-16-2014 |
| 20140307564 | BIDIRECTIONAL FORWARDING DETECTION BFD SESSION NEGOTIATION METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a BFD session negotiation method. The BFD session negotiation method includes: generating a first discriminator value, where the first discriminator value is unique in a local area network to which a local device belongs; generating a first BFD control packet, where the first BFD control packet includes the first discriminator value; and sending the first BFD control packet to a peer device, so that the peer device performs a session negotiation with the local device according to the first discriminator value. | 10-16-2014 |
| 20140313906 | WIRELESS APPARATUS, BASEBAND PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless apparatus includes a wireless unit to convert a wireless signal received by an antenna into a baseband signal; and a baseband processing apparatus to receive a packet corresponding to the baseband signal via a communication line connected with the wireless unit, to detect an error in a transmission process of the packet via the communication line, to obtain the baseband signal based on packets other than the packet in which the error is detected, to generate transmission power information used for downlink transmission power control based on the obtained baseband signal, to transmit the baseband signal having the generated transmission power information reflected to the wireless unit via the communication line, and to have the wireless unit execute wireless transmission of a wireless signal corresponding to the baseband signal having the transmission power information reflected. | 10-23-2014 |
| 20140313907 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ANALYZING CAUSE OF LINK FAILURE - A method and apparatus for analyzing cause of link failure, includes: receiving, by a base station where the user equipment is present when a link failure is observed by the user equipment, identification information transmitted by other base stations or the user equipment, the identification information including: identification associated with the user equipment and/or identification of the user equipment in the base station; and determining, by the base station when it determines that the identification information is stored in the base station, that the link failure is resulted from a handover preparation failure. | 10-23-2014 |
| 20140321292 | APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING MODULATION AND CODING SCHEME DEPENDING ON COMMUNICATION SPEED - A base station performs wireless communication with a first apparatus, and performs wired communication with a second apparatus. When a first communication speed corresponding to a wireless quality of the wireless communication is higher than a second communication speed of the wired communication, the base station changes a currently set modulation and coding scheme to a modulation and coding scheme corresponding to the second communication speed. | 10-30-2014 |
| 20140321293 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING RETRANSMISSION OPERATION IN DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for performing by a mobile station (MS) a retransmission operation in a device to device (D2D) communication system is provided. The method includes performing a data communication with a peer MS using a D2D communication, receiving feedback information for a retransmission operation for data which is transmitted to the peer MS which is transmitted using a resource block mapped to identification information of a D2D connection from the peer MS, determining whether there is need for retransmission of the data based on the feedback information received from the peer MS, and if there is need for the retransmission of the data, retransmitting the data to the peer MS. | 10-30-2014 |
| 20140328187 | Network Connectivity Management in Wireless Apparatus - A method, apparatus, and computer program for managing network connectivity are disclosed. After successfully establishing a radio connection with an access point, a wireless apparatus using the radio connection to access a network beyond the access point is configured to carry out a network connection test. If the network connection test fails, the access point is blacklisted for a determined time period defined by a timer counted in the wireless apparatus. | 11-06-2014 |
| 20140334314 | High Speed Embedded Protocol for Distributed Control Systems - A control network communication arrangement includes a second protocol embedded into a first protocol in a way that modules supporting the second protocol may be aware of and utilize the first protocol whereas modules supporting only the first protocol may not be aware of the second protocol. Operation of modules using the second protocol does not disturb operation of the modules not configured to use or understand the second protocol. By one approach, the messages sent using the second protocol will be seen as messages sent using the first protocol but not having a message necessary to understand or as needing a particular response. In another approach, modules using the second protocol can be configured to send message during transmission of first protocol messages by other modules, the second protocol messages being trigger off of expected aspects of the message sent under the first protocol. | 11-13-2014 |
| 20140341046 | LSP PING AND TRACEROUTE FOR BYPASS TUNNELS - A method performed by a network device may include assembling a multiprotocol label switching (MPLS) echo request, the echo request including an instruction for a transit node to forward the echo request via a bypass path associated with the transit node, and an instruction for an egress node to send an echo reply indicating that the echo request was received on the bypass path. The method may also include sending the MPLS echo request over a functioning label switched path (LSP). | 11-20-2014 |
| 20140348004 | MITIGATING INTERFERENCE IN WIRELESS SYSTEMS - According to one embodiment of the invention, a non-transitory computer readable medium for configuring a noise floor of a network device based on the detection of a non-Wi-Fi signal is described. One embodiment of the non-transitory computer readable medium comprises instructions that detect a non-Wi-Fi signal, determine a noise floor based on at least one attribute of the non-Wi-Fi signal and configure the noise floor of the network device such that the network device receives signals with a signal strength above the noise floor value. | 11-27-2014 |
| 20140348005 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO TERMINAL, RADIO NETWORK, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND PROGRAM - A wireless communication system comprises: a setting notifying means for notifying, to a radio terminal, setting information related to at least one of the radio terminal's collection of measurement information and the radio terminal's reporting of the measurement information to a radio network; a status notifying means for notifying, to the radio network, a status related to at least one of the radio terminal's collection of the measurement information and the radio terminal's reporting of the measurement information; and a re-establishing means for receiving the status and determining whether to re-establish the setting information. | 11-27-2014 |
| 20140355452 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, ON-VEHICLE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND INSPECTION METHOD - A communication device includes a first resistance connected between a first reference potential and a midway point of one of a pair communication lines connected to a coil, a second resistance and a third resistance arranged in series so as to be connected between a second reference potential different from the first reference potential and a midway point of the other one of the pair communication lines, and a switch configured to open or close a path between the first resistance and the first reference potential. | 12-04-2014 |
| 20140355453 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR FAULT ANALYSIS IN A MULTI-LAYER NETWORK - The invention relates to a method for fault analysis in a multi-layer network. The method includes receiving a first set of performance measurements occurring in response to the fault and representing at least a first and a second layer in a multi-layer communications network. A probable set of network elements affected by the fault are localized. The type of fault is inferred from one or more symptoms in the performance measurements. The root cause of the failure is determined from a combination of information on probable set of network elements and inferred type of fault. | 12-04-2014 |
| 20140369207 | DISPLAYING FTE CABLE STATUS AS UCN CABLE STATUS - A method of displaying fault tolerant Ethernet (FTE) cable status in a process control system having FTE devices in an Enhanced Universal Control Network (EUCN) including an Enhanced Network Interface Module (ENIM) on a UCN status display. Updated FTE cable status is obtained from each of the FTE devices during operation of the process control system. The updated FTE cable status from each of the FTE devices is stored in a memory. A UCN cable status word (CSW) including cable status bits allocated for representing the updated FTE cable status is compiled for each of the FTE devices, wherein locations for the cable status bits in the UCN CSW are used by the UCN status display to show changes in cable status. The UCN CSWs are read at a node having the UCN status display, and the updated FTE cable status is displayed on the UCN status display. | 12-18-2014 |
| 20140369208 | Quality Check Identifying Source of Service Issue - A quality check of service received by a CPE device within a first customer premise is initiated, and if the results of the quality check indicate a problem with the service received by the CPE device, one or more CPE devices within one or more customer premises sharing upstream network resources with the first customer premise is identified and a quality check of service received by the one or more identified CPE devices can be conducted. If the results of the quality check of the one or more identified CPE devices indicate a problem with the service received by the CPE devices, a determination can be made that a problem exists at a network component upstream from the first customer premise and the other one or more customer premises. | 12-18-2014 |
| 20140376385 | MITIGATING NETWORK CONNECTION PROBLEMS USING SUPPORTING DEVICES - An approach for mitigating network connection problems when a first computing device is unable to connect to a remote resource is described. A second computing device receives a request for diagnostic testing over a second network from the first computing device. The second computing device performs diagnostic tests on a data path to a desired remote resource. The second computing device sends over the second network, results from the diagnostic tests regarding the data path connectivity to the first device that is unable to connect to desired remote resource. The results are analyzed to determine the location of network connectivity failure. | 12-25-2014 |
| 20140376386 | SYSTEM FOR INTERCONNECTING DEVICES FOR CREATING AUTOMATION SYSTEMS - The various embodiments provide a system for interconnecting a plurality of devices for budding automation systems. The system comprising on or more sensor units to transmit data along with a sensor device address an a network, one or more actuator units to receive the transmitted data, a monitoring unit to receive, monitor and record the transmitted data, a control unit to monitor functioning of devices on the network and transmit data to the actuators, a link unit to extend range of the network by retransmitting the signals received from one cable to other cables and an interface unit to convert signals to and from the network into a format of another communication protocol. The network comprises a plurality of devices connected to a single cable to communicate with other devices on the network by generating charge disturbances and detecting the charge disturbances propagated over the cable. | 12-25-2014 |
| 20150009834 | GENERATION OF TIMING PULSES BASED ON ACQUIRED SYNCHRONIZATION - A pulse-per-n-seconds signal may be generated at a wireless communication station to synchronize the internal hardware of the wireless communication station. | 01-08-2015 |
| 20150009835 | Storing Network State at a Network Controller - Some embodiments provide a network controller for managing a logical network that spans several physical domains. The network controller is located at a particular one of the several physical domains. The network controller includes a first storage for storing network state information that is local to the particular physical domain. The network controller includes a second storage for storing a first type of global network state information for the logical network. The network controller includes a third storage for storing a second type of global network state information for the logical network. The network controller includes an interface for communicating with other network controllers located at the other physical domains in the several physical domains spanned by the logical network. The interface is for sharing the first and second types of global network state information. | 01-08-2015 |
| 20150016274 | MONITORING OF THE PACKET-BASED COMMUNICATION PERFORMANCE OF IP ADDRESS POOLS - An IP address pool monitor is communicatively coupled to a communication link carrying packets between a mobile wireless communication network and a wide area network. The pool monitor receives requests transmitted by mobile devices over the communication link to the wide area network, and stores a record for each request. The pool monitor also receives responses transmitted back to the mobile devices responsive to each request. Each mobile device is assigned an IP address from one of a plurality of IP address pools. Upon receiving a response, the pool monitor identifies the IP address pool that includes the IP address of the mobile device associated with the request responsive to which the response was transmitted. The pool monitor then calculates a performance statistic for the identified IP address pool based on the stored record of the request and the received response. | 01-15-2015 |
| 20150016275 | METHOD AND A DEVICE FOR AVOIDING ERROR DETECTION OF CONTROL CHANNELS - In a method for avoiding an error detection of control channels in a mobile-radio device, a transmitter device transmits control signals on control channels which are received and decoded by the mobile-radio device. A control channel contains a bit sequence and a check-value of the bit sequence. In the case of a successful check-value comparison, the mobile-radio device accepts the control channel and otherwise rejects the control channel. A control channel, which has not been allocated to a mobile-radio device is defined with a filler sequence which dedicates in the case of a check-value comparison and always leads to the rejection of the control channel. | 01-15-2015 |
| 20150016276 | RELIABLE LINK LAYER FOR CONTROL LINKS BETWEEN NETWORK CONTROLLERS AND SWITCHES - A method for transmission of control data between a network switch and a switch controller is provided. The method includes: configuring a plurality of control data packets by the switch controller, wherein configuring includes disposing a sequence number in each of the plurality of control data packets indicating an order of data packet transmission; storing the plurality of control data packets in a replay buffer in communication with the switch controller; transmitting the plurality of control data packets to the network switch over a secure link between the switch controller and the network switch; and responsive to determining that one or more control data packets were not received by the network switch, retrieving the one or more control data packets from the replay buffer and re-transmitting the one or more control data packets to the network switch. | 01-15-2015 |
| 20150023181 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE THAT IS CAPABLE OF IMPROVING DATA TRANSMISSION EFFICIENCY, ASSOCIATED NETWORK, AND METHOD - A wireless communication device includes a data transmission and reception section that wirelessly transmits a plurality of test packets; a signal sensing section that senses a power of a spatial radio wave signal on a frequency channel that is the same as the plurality of test packets and outputs sample data of the sensed spatial radio wave signal; a calculation processing section that converts the sample data into time series sample data; a collision detection section that calculates a packet collision rate based on the number of packet collisions and the number of the plurality of test packets if there is a packet collision due to interference of the plurality of test packets with another communication; and a control section that adjusts a parameter that the data transmission and reception section uses based on a calculation result of the collision detection section. | 01-22-2015 |
| 20150029868 | WEARABLE NETWORK TOPOLOGY ANALYZER - Systems, methods, and devices for analyzing a network topology are described herein. For example, one or more embodiments include receiving data from a node in a network of nodes with a wearable network topology analyzer, determining, with the wearable network topology analyzer, a coverage associated with the node in the network of nodes based on the received data, and determining whether to perform an operation to adjust the coverage associated with the node in the network of nodes, based on the determined coverage. | 01-29-2015 |
| 20150029869 | REMOTE DETECTION AND MEASUREMENT OF DATA SIGNAL LEAKAGE - Disclosed are systems and methods for detecting and locating ingress of an over-the-air signal into a wired communications network. Computing devices located in a plurality of different areas may be configured to identify amplitude of signals transmitted over the wired communications network as it varies by signal frequency. In one embodiment, the system may determine expected amplitude of the over-the-air signal at the plurality of different areas. In other embodiments, the system may identify amplitudes received over the wired communication path at the computing devices. The system may determine a location at which the over-the-air signal has entered the wired communications network based on a comparison of the identified and expected amplitudes of the over-the-wire signal. | 01-29-2015 |
| 20150036511 | METHOD OF INCREASING DATA THROUGHPUT OF A WIRELESS NETWORK SYSTEM BY DYNAMICALLY ADJUSTING MTU/FRAGMENTATION SIZE ACCORDING TO CURRENT TRANSMISSION STATUS - In a wireless network system which adopts a multi-layer data transmission structure, a wireless channel is established between a user equipment and a base station. A wireless transmission channel is established between the user equipment and the base station. An MTU/fragmentation size adopted in the wireless transmission channel is set and dynamically adjusted according to the current transmission status of the wireless transmission channel. | 02-05-2015 |
| 20150036512 | METHOD FOR REPORTING RADIO LINK FAILURE INFORMATION - The present invention discloses a method for reporting RLF information. By sending the RLF report to an access system to which a cell which lead to a problem belongs to, the present invention can avoid unnecessary impact to other RAT to the maximum, guarantees that a problem of a RAT is solved in the RAT, and can detect a reason of radio link failure or handover failure correctly, reduces signaling interaction between different RATs, and simplifies the whole process of self-optimization, enhances performance of mobile communication system. | 02-05-2015 |
| 20150043356 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL TEST SYSTEM AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL TEST METHOD - Provided is a mobile communication terminal test system that transmits a test signal formed by a plurality of downlink component carriers including a primary component carrier (DL_CC1) and a secondary component carrier (DL_CC2) to a mobile communication terminal to test the mobile communication terminal. The mobile communication terminal test system includes a primary test device that transmits first communication data including first test data to the mobile communication terminal using the primary component carrier of the test signal and a secondary test device that transmits second communication data including second test data to the mobile communication terminal using the secondary component carrier of the test signal. | 02-12-2015 |
| 20150043357 | Techniques for Radio Link Problem and Recovery Detection in a Wireless Communication System - A technique for radio link detection in a wireless communication system includes estimating a first error rate of an indicator channel. In this case, the indicator channel includes an indication of a number of symbols in a control channel. A second error rate of the control channel is also estimated. The first and second error rates are then combined to provide a performance metric. Based on the performance metric, a determination is made as to whether a radio link problem exists. | 02-12-2015 |
| 20150043358 | RUN-LENGTH DETECTION AND CORRECTION - System, methods and apparatus are described that facilitate transmission of data, particularly between two devices within electronic equipment. The apparatus may determine whether a run-length violation will occur or is likely to occur if a first sequence of symbols provided by a mapper of an M-Wire N-Phase encoder is transmitted on a plurality of wires. A second sequence of symbols may be substituted for the first sequence of symbols. The second sequence of symbols may comprise a surplus sequence of symbols that is not used for mapping data in the mapper. | 02-12-2015 |
| 20150043359 | Techniques for Radio Link Problem and Recovery Detection in a Wireless Communication System - A technique for radio link detection in a wireless communication system includes estimating a first error rate of an indicator channel. In this case, the indicator channel includes an indication of a number of symbols in a control channel. A second error rate of the control channel is also estimated. The first and second error rates are then combined to provide a performance metric. Based on the performance metric, a determination is made as to whether a radio link problem exists. | 02-12-2015 |
| 20150055482 | TCP Extended Fast Recovery and Segment Timing - When in Fast Recovery, Extended Fast Recovery operation starts a timer on the retransmission of each packet. The time expires in one adjusted round trip time. If there has not been an acknowledgement for the retransmitted packet and the Extended Fast Recovery timer expires, it is assumed that the retransmitted packet was lost and must be retransmitted again. Extended Fast Recovery operation keeps retransmitting the packet, once every adjusted round trip time, until an acknowledgement is received or the slow recovery timer expires. Segment Timing is an addition to Extended Fast Recovery where every sent packet is timed separately from the time of first transmission, not just retransmitted packets. | 02-26-2015 |
| 20150055483 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING RESOURCE OF CLOUD VIRTUAL BASE STATION - A method and apparatus for managing a cloud virtual base station system are disclosed. The present invention comprises configuring an initial resource and reconfiguring the resource to add or remove a resource of an execution file of the cloud virtual base station system, monitoring an error of the cloud virtual base station system, a wireless resource, a status of the execution file, or a configuration status of the reconfigured resource, managing configuration information of a list of software added or removed during an operation, controlling the cloud virtual base station system in a predetermined specific mode, managing hardware information, file information, or control information of each module of the cloud virtual base station system, and managing the execution file for each module of the cloud virtual base station system by adding or removing the predetermined specific mode initially or during an operation. | 02-26-2015 |
| 20150055484 | DISPLAYING SIGNAL FLOWS IN NETWORK ANALYSIS TOOL - This document discloses a solution for outputting a message sequence chart in a computer apparatus. Messages transferred in a communication network are acquired, wherein the messages are logically divided into control plane messages and data plane messages and each message is associated with its transmission direction. Display of the control plane messages is caused on a display screen in the message sequence chart and in a form where each control plane message is displayed together with a unidirectional indicator indicating the transmission direction of the control plane message. Display of the data plane messages is caused in the message sequence chart in a compressed form with a single multidirectional indicator representing a plurality of data plane messages and indicating the transmission directions of the plurality of data plane messages. | 02-26-2015 |
| 20150055485 | METHOD BY WHICH TERMINALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS RECEIVE DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNELS AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method by which terminals in a wireless communication system receive control channels. More particularly, the method includes the steps of: receiving control information that includes the transmission mode for the control channel and information about the number of antenna ports through a broadcast channel from a base station; and receiving the control channel on the basis of the control information. | 02-26-2015 |
| 20150055486 | MONITORING CARRIER ETHERNET NETWORKS - A Carrier Ethernet network comprises nodes connected by links. The network supports connectionless traffic flows between nodes. A network management system performs a method comprising: determining when an event has occurred in the network which may change bandwidth usage on a link of the network; determining traffic flows which use the link; determining a total bandwidth demand of the traffic flows using the link; and comparing the total bandwidth demand with a bandwidth capacity of the link. Determining when the event has occurred can include at least one of: receiving an alarm indicating a network fault; receiving a topology change indication from a node of the network. | 02-26-2015 |
| 20150055487 | METHOD AND A DEVICE FOR SUPERVISING A HOME WIRELESS SYSTEM - A method and a device for supervising a home wireless system wherein the home wireless system comprises a plurality of peripheral wireless nodes ( | 02-26-2015 |
| 20150055488 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR JUDGING RADIO LINK FAILURE IN CARRIER AGGREGATION TECHNOLOGY - The present invention discloses a method and device for judging Radio Link Failure (RLF) in Carrier Aggregation (CA) technology, which are used to effectively judge whether a radio link is failed or not in CA technology. Said method comprises: on an evaluation point, comparing the determined radio link quality parameter of each carrier participating in the RLF judgement with the corresponding radio link quality parameter threshold, determining whether to trigger an in-sync indication or out-of-sync indication on the evaluation point, and judging whether the radio link of the User Equipment (UE) is failed according to the number of the continuously received in-sync indications or out-of-sync indications. The embodiment of the present invention determines whether to trigger an in-sync indication or out-of-sync indication by comparing the radio link quality parameters of the carriers participating in the RLF judgement with the corresponding radio link quality parameter thresholds, and thereby judges that whether the radio link is failed or not in CA technology. | 02-26-2015 |
| 20150055489 | All delivered network adaptor - Method and device for using or dropping erroneous packets, including the steps of: receiving, by a network adaptor, first and second packets having headers, payloads, error propagation fields, and error detection fields. The error propagation fields indicate reception errors while the error detection fields do not indicate reception errors. Determining that the first packet is addressed to a first application and dropping the first packet. And determining that the second packet is addressed to a second application and enabling an end-device coupled to the adaptor to use the erroneous data stored in the second payload. | 02-26-2015 |
| 20150063126 | APPARATUS, METHOD, SYSTEM AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR SERVER FAILURE HANDLING - Apparatus, method, system and computer program product for server failure handling A mechanism for a first apparatus is described. The mechanism comprising receiving, from a first apparatus, a first authentication request comprising an user identity and an identity of said first apparatus, wherein said first apparatus being capable for provide authentication related service with respect to said user identity; determining if a third apparatus, originally associated with said user identity for providing authentication related service, is available for providing said service; registering said first apparatus as the server associated with said user identity for providing authentication related service, if said third apparatus is not available; sending a response to said first apparatus to acknowledge the first authentication request. | 03-05-2015 |
| 20150071082 | METHODS FOR MANAGING UPGRADING A TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK AND DEVICES THEREOF - A method, non-transitory computer readable medium and upgrade management computing device for managing upgrade in a telecommunication network comprising identifying one or more telecommunication network elements which are currently active. A type, a subnet and one or more network topologies is identified for each of the identified active one or more telecommunication network elements. The identified active one or more telecommunication network elements is upgraded with one or more available upgrades based on the identified type, the subnet and the one or more network topologies. During the upgrading, the identified active one or more telecommunication network elements is monitored for occurrence of one or more errors. One or more reports are generated based on the monitoring. | 03-12-2015 |
| 20150071083 | ADAPTING A SYSTEM BANDWIDTH TO BE USED BY A USER EQUIPMENT FOR AN UPLINK COMMUNICATION CHANNEL - Described is a method for adapting a system bandwidth to be used by a user equipment for an uplink communication channel for an uplink communication between the user equipment and a base station within a cell of a cellular network system, wherein the cell is served by the base station, wherein the user equipment is adapted to use a predefined system bandwidth for the uplink communication. The method includes determining an actual block error rate of the uplink communication channel, comparing the actual block error rate with a predefined threshold, and adapting the predefined system bandwidth based on the result of the comparison. | 03-12-2015 |
| 20150071084 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR INFORMATION VERIFICATION BASED ON CHANNEL AWARENESS - This disclosure describes techniques for operating a client device to communicate with a wireless access point to validate data within a frame by comparing channel quality metrics and duration metrics to thresholds. Information received within a validity window may be treated as correctly received even if the frame fails a subsequent verification process or if reception of the frame is terminated prior to the end of the frame. | 03-12-2015 |
| 20150071085 | NETWORK GATEWAY FOR REAL-TIME INSPECTION OF DATA FRAMES AND IDENTIFICATION OF ABNORMAL NETWORK BEHAVIOR - A network gateway and method for inspecting frames in a communication network are provided. The method includes transparently intercepting frames flowing in the communication network; inspecting each of the intercepted frames to detect at least one abnormal event; upon identifying an intercepted frame as including at least one abnormal event, determining if at least one network service can be assigned to the abnormal event identified in the intercepted frame in order to mitigate the abnormal event; and processing each intercepted frame according to at least one service associated with the frame. | 03-12-2015 |
| 20150078175 | SERVICE QUALITY MEASUREMENT AND INDICATION FOR MULTICAST BROADCAST IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A service quality metric, that measures the quality of a multicast broadcast that is being received by a mobile device, may be determined. In one implementation, a method may include receiving a radio signal corresponding to a multicast broadcast of content that was encoded using a forward error correction (FEC) technique in which the content is segmented and encoded as a plurality of blocks; and reassembling the content corresponding to the received radio signal. The method may further include determining an FEC failure rate based on a relative occurrence of the successfully reassembled blocks to the unsuccessfully reassembled blocks; determining a service quality metric based on the FEC failure rate; and providing a visual indication of the service quality metric. | 03-19-2015 |
| 20150085674 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TTI BUNDLING TRANSMISSION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method for handling a transmission time interval, hereinafter called TTI, bundling operation for a mobile device of a wireless communication system includes transmitting a transport block in a first TTI bundle; and retransmitting the transport block when a non-positively-acknowledged feedback or an uplink grant for retransmission is received after the transport block transmission of the first TTI bundle and before a TTI where a feedback of the first TTI bundle is expected. | 03-26-2015 |
| 20150085675 | HIERARCHICAL ANOMALY LOCALIZATION AND PRIORITIZATION - Example methods disclosed herein to localize anomalies in a communication network include identifying a first set of abnormal nodes in the communication network, and including respective ones of the first set of abnormal nodes having a number of normal direct descendent nodes that is less than a combined number of abnormal direct descendent nodes and indeterminate direct descendent nodes in a set of candidate nodes. Such disclosed example methods also include iteratively selecting ones of the set of candidate nodes to include in a set of root cause abnormal nodes representing sources of the anomalies in the communication network. In such disclosed example methods, the ones of the set of candidate nodes are selected based on sizes of respective subsets of the abnormal nodes from the first set of abnormal nodes covered by the candidate nodes. | 03-26-2015 |
| 20150092566 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRIGGERING OF SPECIFIC OPERATION MODE FOR TERMINALS OPERATING IN EXTENDED LONG RANGE - Systems and methods are disclosed for triggering a long range extension mode of operation for a wireless device in a cellular communications network. In one preferred embodiment, the wireless device is a Machine Type Communication (MTC) device. In one embodiment, a node in the cellular communications network determines that the wireless device is to operate in the long range extension mode if there is difficulty in establishing communication between the wireless device and the cellular communications network. If the wireless device is to operate in the long range extension mode, the node activates one or more long range extension mechanisms with respect to the wireless device such that the wireless device operates in the long range extension mode. In this manner, the long range extension mode is selectively triggered for the wireless device. | 04-02-2015 |
| 20150092567 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR INTEGRATING ROUTE AND RANK INFORMATION INTO CALL DETAILE RECORDS - The present technology is directed to systems and methods for integrating route and rank information into call detail records. The system receives information relating to a communication that is established between a first communication device and a second communication device. The information includes routing information for the established communication that includes at least a route identifier and a rank identifier. The system records the received route identifier and the rank identifier in a call detail record that is generated for the established communication. The route and rank information may be analyzed to for various purposes including troubleshooting and quality improvement. | 04-02-2015 |
| 20150092568 | CORE SERVICES PLATFORM FOR WIRELESS VOICE, DATA AND MESSAGING NETWORK SERVICES - A system for managing wireless devices in a wireless network comprising: a processor; and a memory coupled with the processor, wherein the memory is configured to provide the processor with instructions which when executed cause the processor to: receive a diagnostic request to analyze a problem associated with a wireless device operating in the wireless network; retrieve diagnostic information associated with the wireless device from the wireless network; retrieve diagnostic information associated with the wireless device from the wireless device; determine at least one solution for the problem associated with the wireless device based on the retrieved diagnostic information from the wireless network and the wireless device; transmit the at least one solution; and receive a confirmation that the problem has been resolved. | 04-02-2015 |
| 20150098340 | TERMINAL DEVICE AND TRANSMISSION METHOD - A control unit ( | 04-09-2015 |
| 20150098341 | DEFENSE AGAINST FALSE DETECTION OF SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING (SPS) ACTIVATION OR RELEASE - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques for defending against false semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) activation detection and/or missed SPS release. According to certain aspects, a user equipment (UE) may detect one or more conditions for a semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) activation or release are met based on a downlink transmission, generate one or more metrics related to downlink transmission, and determine a valid SPS activation or release has occurred if the one or more metrics satisfy one or more criteria. According to certain aspects, a UE may determine a valid semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) activation has occurred, detect a number of PDSCH CRC failures, and implicitly declare an SPS release based on the detection. | 04-09-2015 |
| 20150098342 | Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) Recovery based on CQI Offset - Manipulating modulation and coding scheme (MCS) allocation after a communication interruption. A UE device may resume communications with a BS after a communication interruption. Channel quality information may be generated and transmitted to the BS. The channel quality information may be based on channel quality measurements, and may also be based on an offset configured manipulate an MCS allocation by the BS based on determining that the interruption to communication between the UE and the BS has occurred. | 04-09-2015 |
| 20150124627 | SWITCHING MODULE - A fiber channel switching module can include an integrated trace buffer memory, a crossbar switch and a control processor disposed on a single line replaceable module (LRM). The trace buffer memory may be adapted to capture selected data traffic transiting the switch fabric based on pre-selected triggers. The selected data can be read out of the trace buffer memory and used for selected diagnostics. | 05-07-2015 |
| 20150124628 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADAPTIVE TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT IN A RESOURCE- CONSTRAINED NETWORK - An electronic device may utilize or support adaptive traffic management in a resource-constrained network. The adaptive traffic management may comprise applying a multi-stage filtering to packets received by the electronic device, wherein each stage of the multi-stage filtering may comprises a validation check and a failure of any validation check of any stage when handling a packet terminates the handling of the packet. The adaptive traffic management may comprise apply an adaptive search function, whereby when the number of search responses received by the electronic device exceeds a particular maximum response threshold, one or more criteria for modifying search requests may be selected, to reduce number of expected search responses, and the modified search criteria may be applied to generated modified search command(s) that are applied in the search function. | 05-07-2015 |
| 20150131454 | Method, Device and Computer Program for Reporting Radio Link Failures (RLF) for Cellular Communication Based on Communication Links Enabled on at Least Two Different Access Technologies - The present invention proposes a User Equipment UE, which includes a transceiver module for cellular communication based on communication links enabled on at least two different access technologies, and a control module, wherein the control module is configured to detect a first event, namely a connection failure on a communication link established using a first access technology, to start, triggered by the detection, a timer, to discern a second event, namely reconnection of a communication link established after the first event and using a first or a second access technology, to stop, triggered by the discerning, the timer and to compose a report, wherein the report includes at least an information element indicative of the time counted by the timer. Likewise, the present invention encompasses a corresponding method and a respective computer program product. | 05-14-2015 |
| 20150131455 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTIVELY PERFORMING PACKET ERROR CLASSIFICATION OF MULTIPLE PACKET STREAMS MULTIPLEXED TO SAME PORT - A method and an apparatus for selectively performing packet error classification of multiple packet streams multiplexed to the same are provided. According to the method, generating an MMT packet can include: encapsulating an AU provided from a media codec layer to generate an MPU; and packetizing the generated MPU to generate the MMT packet. The MMT packet can include a packet header including a substream sequence number. Multiple substreams can be multiplexed and transmitted to a single port, and it is possible to detect, if a packet loss occurs, to which substream the lost packet belongs. Furthermore, based on this, an automatic repeat request (ARQ) can be made differently for each subframe and an error control policy can be taken differently for each subframe. | 05-14-2015 |
| 20150131456 | INJECTING LOST PACKETS AND PROTOCOL ERRORS IN A SIMULATION ENVIRONMENT - Testing a packet sequence number checker. The packet sequence number checker may check a packet-based data communication between two interconnected devices. An error injector may be provided in-between the interconnected devices such that the data packets may be received from one of the two interconnected devices and may be sent to the other one of the two interconnected devices by the error injector. A received packet is randomly selected from a packet data stream between the two interconnected devices and stored in a buffer. A length of a later received data packet from the same sender of the two interconnected devices is compared with the selected buffered data packet, and the later received data packet is replaced by the selected buffered data packet. | 05-14-2015 |
| 20150295598 | Distance to VSWR Fault Measurement - The present invention addresses apparatuses, methods and computer program product for providing improved distance to fault measurement for voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR) on antenna line in networks. An embodiment of he present invention comprises the steps of transmitting a signal to a line to be tested, capturing a forward signal of the signal, capturing a reverse signal of the signal, separating the reflection of the signal in time domain via cross correlation of the forward signal and the reverse signal, and detecting a distance to fault in the line by searching and processing maximum peak position of the captured and separated signals. | 10-15-2015 |
| 20150296405 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING APERIODIC TRAFFIC IN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - The present disclosure relates to a sensor network, Machine Type Communication (MTC), Machine-to-Machine (M2M) communication, and technology for Internet of Things (IoT). The present disclosure may be applied to intelligent services based on the above technologies, such as a smart home, a smart building, a smart city, a smart car, a connected car, healthcare, digital education, smart retail, security and safety services. A method and an apparatus for controlling aperiodic traffic in an electronic device are provided. The method includes determining a delay allowed time for first traffic associated with the first application based on a prediction time of generation of second traffic associated with a second application and processing the first traffic associated with the first application based on the delay allowed time. | 10-15-2015 |
| 20150319109 | LINK-FAULT TOLERANCE IN A DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM - Certain features relate to improving the link-fault tolerance in a distributed antenna system (DAS) by utilizing a series of synchronous Ethernet frames. A receiving remote unit or a head-end unit in the DAS can predict the start of incoming Ethernet frames based on frame information extracted from previously received Ethernet frames. For example, a remote unit can be configured to receive one or more Ethernet frames, each of the one or more Ethernet frames including a start-of-frame field. After a period of time corresponding to the frame repetition rate, the remote unit can search for an additional start-of-frame field, indicating the receipt of the next Ethernet frame. The remote unit can extract the payload data from the next Ethernet frame based on the predicted value for the additional start-of-frame field. | 11-05-2015 |
| 20150319593 | SURVIVABLE MOBILE NETWORK SYSTEM - A method of establishing communication links during a failure within a mobile communications network includes detecting disruptions in communications between a plurality of base stations and a plurality of mobile terminals. Survivability components are activated within the base station and the mobile terminal to operate in a survivability mode. The survivability mode enables communications and services to be provided by the surviving base stations to mobile terminals through activated survivability components. The alternate communication links may operate for as long as a disruption exists. | 11-05-2015 |
| 20150333876 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR A MODIFIED HARQ PROCEDURE AFTER A RECEIVER OUTAGE EVENT - A system and method of responding to a receiver outage event, which includes: determining if a receiver outage event has occurred; if a receiver outage event has occurred, discarding soft bits that were corrupted due to the outage event; and if a received first redundancy version (RV) of coded bits corrupted by the outage event was decoded incorrectly, sending a message to a transmitter in response to the outage event, and thereafter receiving a second RV of coded bits retransmitted by the transmitter in response to the message. | 11-19-2015 |
| 20150333952 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LINK SWITCHING - The disclosure provides a method and system for link switching. The method includes: acquiring a warning message, wherein the warning message is sent via broadcast or multicast by a line card where a failure of a link occurs; executing link switching according to the warning message. Through the technical solutions provided by the disclosure, the efficiency of the link switching in a distributed system is improved. | 11-19-2015 |
| 20150341242 | TRANSMISSION MONITORING METHOD AND DEVICE - A transmission monitoring method and apparatus are provided. The method includes: in a case that an input port of a network node receives M frames, counting the number N of frames sent by an output port of the network node corresponding to the received M frames; in a case that the M is different from the N, determining that frame loss exists in the network node, wherein the M and the N are positive integers. Through the method and apparatus of the present invention, the problems of failing to determine a specific device where the frame loss occurs and the construction cost being high are solved, the accuracy and the flexibility of monitoring a position of the frame loss are improved, and the construction cost is reduced. | 11-26-2015 |
| 20150341494 | Method, system, base station and cluster EPC for establishing group call context - Provided are a method and system for establishing a group call context. The method includes establishing a group call context between a cluster Evolved Packet Core (EPC) and a first base station to which speaking right UE belongs, establishing a group call context between the cluster EPC and a second base station to which non-speaking right UE belongs. A base station and a cluster EPC are also provided. Accordingly, the group call context can be established between the base station and a cluster network. | 11-26-2015 |
| 20150349876 | CYCLICAL OBSTRUCTION COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for improving data rates at mobile terminals that are subject to periodic channel interruptions in a beyond-line-of-sight communication system are disclosed, including improved encoding and decoding systems that identify blockages and modify receiver operation during blockages to reduce data errors. In certain embodiments, encoding, symbol mapping, interleaving, and use of unique periodic identifiers function to enable a series of packets that may be received in a blockage impaired channel with reduced errors. | 12-03-2015 |
| 20150358144 | Detecting Intermodulation in Broadband Communication Affecting Receiver Sensitivity - The present invention provides methods, apparatuses and a program relating to detecting passive intermodulation in broadband communication. The present invention includes transmitting, at a base station, a first signal at a first centre frequency and a second signal at a second centre frequency with a predetermined transmit power, capturing, at the base station, received signal at a reception frequency, obtaining, at the base station, a delay between the transmitted signal and a passive intermodulation caused received signal. | 12-10-2015 |
| 20150381322 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR INFORMATION VERIFICATION BASED ON CHANNEL AWARENESS - This disclosure describes techniques for operating a client device to communicate with a wireless access point to validate data within a frame by comparing channel quality metrics and duration metrics to thresholds. Information received within a validity window may be treated as correctly received even if the frame fails a subsequent verification process or if reception of the frame is terminated prior to the end of the frame. | 12-31-2015 |
| 20160020977 | NODE FAULT IDENTIFICATION IN WIRELESS LAN ACCESS POINTS - A wireless access point array having a plurality of access point radios, a monitor radio and an array controller. The array controller includes processes, methods and functions for verifying the operation of the access point radios. The access point radios may be verified by attempting to establish a data connection between the monitor radio and each of the access point radios. | 01-21-2016 |
| 20160021561 | INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, METHOD FOR TRIGGERING A MEASUREMENT REPORT AND APPARATUSES THEREOF AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An information processing method, a method for determining a cause of connection failure and apparatuses thereof and a communication system. The method includes ignoring a current connection failure by UE when the UE determines that the current connection failure is resulted from in-device coexistence interference or from continuous receiving of an MBMS, and recording no information; or recording related information of the current connection failure. Furthermore, when the UE is reconnected to a network, the related information may be reported to the network side, and after a cause of connection failure is finally determined and the base station correcting network parameters causing the failure obtains the above information, the network side may be assisted according to the information in correcting or avoiding a connection failure of the UE. | 01-21-2016 |
| 20160028507 | CLOSE PROXIMITY COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHODS - Disclosed herein are methods and systems for receiving an encoded data packet, one or more activation commands, and a communication identifier, decoding the received data packet, validating the decoded received data packet, and executing one or more routines associated with the respective one or more activation commands. | 01-28-2016 |
| 20160036626 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLER REDUNDANCY AND CONTROLLER NETWORK REDUNDANCY WITH ETHERNET/IP I/O - An apparatus includes a first controller having at least one interface and at least one processing device. The at least one interface is configured to communicate with a second controller and with a controlled network having multiple EtherNet/IP-compatible input/output (I/O) modules and multiple EtherNet/IP-compatible controlled devices. The at least one processing device is configured to detect a fault associated with the second controller while the second controller is in communication with at least one of the I/O modules and at least one of the controlled devices. The at least one processing device is also configured, upon detection of the fault associated with the second controller, to resume the communication with the at least one I/O module and the at least one controlled device without the at least one I/O module updating the at least one controlled device to a failsafe condition. | 02-04-2016 |
| 20160036654 | CLUSTER SYSTEM - A cluster system of the present invention is a cluster system including a plurality of node devices. Each of the node devices is connected with the other node devices by a first network and a second network, and includes: a first node managing unit configured to operate on an operating system embedded in an own device and detect operation statuses of the other node devices via the first network; a second node managing unit configured to operate without being affected by the operating system and detect operation statuses of the other node devices via the second network; and a node status judging unit configured to judge whether each of the node devices is in a down state according to a preset standard, based on results of the detection of the other node devices by the first node managing unit and the second node managing unit. | 02-04-2016 |
| 20160043814 | METHOD AND UNIT OF MONITORING OPERATIONAL STATUS OF A PLURALITY OF BASE STATION SITES IN A WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method of monitoring operational status of a plurality of base station sites in a wireless telecommunication network, a computer program product and monitoring unit operable to perform that method. The method comprises: receiving an indication of an operational characteristic of at least one power supply provided at least one of the plurality of base station sites; analysing the operational characteristic to determine to whether the base station site is operational; and providing an indication of determined operational status in respect of the plurality of base station sites in a wireless telecommunication network. Aspects recognise that monitoring operational characteristics of cell site power usage and similar power parameters may provide information to a central controller which can be of use in maintaining an operational telecommunications network in the event of a disaster or similar. | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160043921 | DETERMINING LIVENESS OF PROTOCOLS AND INTERFACES - The liveness of routing protocols can be determined using a mechanism to aggregate liveness information for the protocols. The ability of an interface to send and receive packets and the forwarding capability of an interface can also be determined using this mechanism. Since liveness information for multiple protocols, the liveness of interfaces, the forwarding capability of interfaces, or both, may be aggregated in a message, the message can be sent more often than could individual messages for each of the multiple protocols. This allows fast detection of failures, and sending connectivity messages for the individual protocols, such as neighbor “hellos,” to be sent less often. | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160043922 | USING LIVENESS OF PROTOCOLS AND/OR INTERFACES TO MAKE ROUTING DECISIONS - The liveness of routing protocols can be determined using a mechanism to aggregate liveness information for the protocols. The ability of an interface to send and receive packets and the forwarding capability of an interface can also be determined using this mechanism. Since liveness information for multiple protocols, the liveness of interfaces, the forwarding capability of interfaces, or both, may be aggregated in a message, the message can be sent more often than could individual messages for each of the multiple protocols. This allows fast detection of failures, and sending connectivity messages for the individual protocols, such as neighbor “hellos,” to be sent less often. | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160044521 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING WHETHER BEACON DEVICE IS ABNORMAL - A method and system for determining whether a beacon device is abnormal using a service server are disclosed herein. The service server includes an approach information reception unit, a pattern information generation unit, and a detection unit. The approach information reception unit receives approach information related to any one of a plurality of beacon devices from a user terminal over a network. The pattern information generation unit generates pattern information about a pattern in which the user terminal approaches the plurality of beacon devices based on a plurality of pieces of approach information received from a plurality of user terminals. The detection unit determines whether any one of the plurality of beacon devices is abnormal based on a change in the pattern information generated by the pattern information generation unit. | 02-11-2016 |
| 20160057035 | Analyte Monitoring System Having an Alert - Described herein are analyte monitoring systems including a receiver or data processing component that is configured to automatically issue a first alert notification when a first predetermined number of consecutive data packets are not received from the sensor/sensor electronics, and automatically issue a second alert notification when a second predetermined number of consecutive data packets are not received by the sensor/sensor electronics. The receiver may also be configured to enable a user to disenable alert or alarm notifications that are triggered based on detected events. | 02-25-2016 |
| 20160065428 | SCALABLE FRAMEWORK FOR MONITORING AND MANAGING NETWORK DEVICES - A device receives information associated with network devices of a network, such as device information associated with components of the network devices, application information generated by the network devices, or network information associated with interactions of the network devices. The device performs an analysis of the information associated with the network devices via analytics techniques in near real time, and generates analysis information based on the analysis of the information associated with the network devices. The device provides the analysis information for display. | 03-03-2016 |
| 20160080952 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DETECTING TRAFFIC HOT SPOT OF CELL - The embodiments of the present invention provide a method and a device for detecting a traffic hot spot of a cell. The method includes: acquiring load information of a cell in which a wireless access point AP is located, the load information includes at least two types of the following information: a data rate of user traffic requirement, the number of users associated with an AP, an average length of data packets and an average duration of successful transmissions; determining whether an operating state of the AP is abnormal according to the at least two types of information; determining a satisfaction degree of user according to the actual traffic rate of user, if the operating state of the AP is abnormal; and determining that a traffic hot spot exists in the cell, if the satisfaction degree of user is lower than a first preset threshold. | 03-17-2016 |
| 20160081121 | RANDOM ACCESS METHOD AND APPARATUS BASED ON ANALOG NETWORK CODING FOR TWO-WAY RELAY CHANNEL - The present invention generally relates to a random access method and apparatus based on analog network coding for a satellite network and, more particularly, to technology that combines analog network coding with random access, thus guaranteeing high channel usage efficiency upon utilizing the technology for a satellite positioning/communications convergence system. For this, a random access apparatus based on analog network coding for a satellite network according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a received signal determination unit, a data packet transmission unit, a reserved slot decision unit, a response message reception unit, and a data packet decoding unit. | 03-17-2016 |
| 20160087832 | Iterative Algorithm for Rapid Fault Isolation - Methods, systems, and apparatus for detecting fault are disclosed. In one aspect, a signal having an initial pulse width is transmitted on a telecommunication line. A fault location index is identified based on at least one fluctuating echo tap of the signal. An updated pulse width is determined based on the initial pulse width and the fault location index. The fault location index is updated based on at least one fluctuating echo tap of an updated signal having the updated pulse width. | 03-24-2016 |
| 20160087856 | Resource Budget Determination for Communications Network - Resources ( | 03-24-2016 |
| 20160087864 | DSL NEIGHBORHOOD DIAGNOSTICS - A Device Abstraction Proxy (DAP) interface receives a request for operational data relating to Digital Subscriber Line (DSL) services provided to a plurality of DSL terminals in a DSL network by two or more providers. The DAP interface receives, in response to the request, the operational data, including operational data for a plurality of DSL lines coupled to the plurality of DSL terminals. The DAP then identifies at least two of the plurality of DSL lines as belonging to a common neighborhood of DSL lines, each of the at least two of the plurality of DSL lines respectively associated with at least two of the plurality of DSL terminals being provided the DSL services by different providers. Embodiments correlate a condition and/or a performance of one of the at least two DSL lines identified as belonging to the common neighborhood with a condition and/or performance of another one of the at least two DSL lines identified as belonging to the common neighborhood. | 03-24-2016 |
| 20160088499 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS TO CREATE MESSAGE TRAFFIC - Generally discussed herein are systems, apparatuses, and methods for creating message traffic. In one or more embodiments, a method can include receiving message characteristics of a plurality of messages to transmit to a device and transmitting, using processing circuitry, the plurality of messages to the device, wherein the plurality of messages are configured to replicate message traffic that includes the received message characteristics. The message characteristics can include a message pattern, a message density (e.g., high burstiness, low burstiness, or consistent traffic density), a message size, a message type, a message inter-arrival time, or other message characteristic. | 03-24-2016 |
| 20160088502 | METHOD AND NETWORK DEVICE FOR CELL ANOMALY DETECTION - It is provided a method for cell anomaly detection in a network comprising receiving first training data of a first source; receiving second training data of a second source; generating profiles based on the first training data; generating profiles based on the second training data; collecting the generated profiles of the first training data and of the second training data in a pool profiles; associating a weight with each profile in the pool of profiles; providing a set of predictions based on the profiles and their associated weights; and generating data for root cause diagnosis based on at least one prediction. | 03-24-2016 |
| 20160095078 | RING-SHAPED SYNCHRONOUS NETWORK SYSTEM AND TIME SLAVE STATION - A time slave station includes a synchronization error detecting unit that includes: a CW synchronization error detecting counter that counts a synchronization correction cycle of a transmission path in which a frame is transmitted in a first direction; a CCW synchronization error detecting counter that counts a synchronization correction cycle of a transmission path in which a frame is transmitted in a second direction; a CW synchronization-enabled time period timer that counts a CW synchronization frame reception-enabled time period; a CCW synchronization-enabled time period timer that counts a CCW synchronization frame reception-enabled time period; a CW-based synchronization error determining unit that determines whether the CW synchronization frame is received in the CW synchronization frame reception-enabled time period; and a CCW-based synchronization error determining unit that determines whether the CCW synchronization frame is received during the CCW synchronization frame reception-enabled time period. | 03-31-2016 |
| 20160099828 | Tunnel Management Method, Tunnel Management Apparatus, and Communications System - The present invention relates to communications technologies and discloses a tunnel management method, a tunnel management apparatus, and a communications system so that a node that causes failure of a tunnel management request can be determined. According to the present invention, a response returned by a tunnel management node to an initiating node includes not only a cause value of tunnel management request failure but also information of the node that causes failure of the tunnel management request, so that the initiating node can find the node that causes failure of the tunnel management request and determine the error checking direction. The present invention is applicable to network devices in a communications network. | 04-07-2016 |
| 20160105326 | AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK WITH DISTRIBUTED RESPONSIBILITY FOR COMPATIBILITY CONFIRMATION - Aircraft communications networks, network devices, and methods of determining compatibility on an aircraft communications network are disclosed herein. The aircraft communications network includes, but is not limited to, a communications bus, a first network device, and a second network device. The first network device is communicatively coupled with the communications bus and is configured to publish on the communications bus a configuration manifest that describes a compatible configuration of hardware and software for the aircraft communications network. The second network device is communicatively coupled with the communications bus and is configured to receive the configuration manifest from the first network device over the communications bus, compare the configuration manifest to a second hardware and software profile that describes the second network device, and disable outputs of the second network device in response to detecting that the configuration manifest differs from the second hardware and software profile. | 04-14-2016 |
| 20160112288 | PROVIDING A DATA SET FOR TRACKING AND DIAGNOSING DATACENTER ISSUES - Systems and methods are disclosed for aggregating data capable of diagnosing unique datacenter issues. Traffic statistic collection may be moved from intermediate, datacenter nodes to end hosts providing reports for aggregation and correlation with events at an analytic controller, uncovering implications for such events. To track metrics and/or diagnose datacenter issues not addressed in traffic statistics, information locally available to the end hosts may be combined and/or correlated with traffic statistics. Examples may involve information about: virtual and physical computing resources; a sub-cluster; an application and/or process utilized by a datacenter task; a task/job type; an implementation phase; an initiating user; a task priority; link utilization and/or other traffic statistics relative to the foregoing. Also, for efficiency purposes, the analytic controller may apply a hash to map a virtual to a physical IP address in determining a datacenter path based on topology limited to a physical network, saving computational expense. | 04-21-2016 |
| 20160127257 | Resource Allocating in a Network - In one aspect, a method includes receiving, at a first node in a network, a resource reservation request from a second node in the network, determining, at the first node, if there is another node in the network that can be used to reach a destination and meet the resource reservation request and notifying the second node a result of the determining. | 05-05-2016 |
| 20160127929 | TECHNIQUE FOR REPORTING MEASUREMENTS RELATED TO RANDOM ACCESS ATTEMPTS - A technique for collecting and reporting measurements related to Random Access, RA, attempts from a user equipment, UE, towards an evolved node B, eNB, is disclosed. In a first method aspect, the method is performed in the UE and comprises the steps of collecting at least one measurement from each single one of a plurality of the RA attempts, and reporting the collected measurements to one of the eNB and a management entity. In a second method aspect, the method is performed in the eNB and comprises the steps of collecting at least one measurement from each single one of a plurality of the RA attempts, and reporting the collected measurements to the management entity. | 05-05-2016 |
| 20160142244 | MOBILE COMPUTING DEVICE AND APPLICATION CONFIGURING SAME TO RAPIDLY PROVISION AND MONITOR SERVICES AND REDUNDANCY IN A NETWORK - Disclosed embodiments include applications, computing devices configured with the applications, and computer implemented methods to manage, set-up, configure and/or monitor Ethernet Virtual Private Line services. | 05-19-2016 |
| 20160142936 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SYNCHRONIZING A USER EQUIPMENT WITH AN HFN OFFSET - Methods, systems, and devices are described for wireless communication at a user equipment (UE). In some examples, the UE may identify an initialization and refresh (IR) packet at the radio link control (RLC) layer based the size of the IR packet, where the IR packet comprises a larger ciphered PDU size than a compressed RoHC packet. Accordingly, once the UE identifies the received packet as an IR packet, the UE may attempt to decipher the IR packet using one or more HFN offset values. In one example, the UE may determine whether the IR packet is deciphered correctly based on cyclic redundancy check (CRC) value of the deciphered IR packet. As a result, the present disclosure allows the UE to re-synchronize with the transmitting device by at least one of incrementing or decrementing an HFN value at the receiving device. | 05-19-2016 |
| 20160149753 | SYSTEM FOR GENERATING TOPOLOGY INFORMATION AND METHODS THEREOF - Aspects of the subject disclosure may include, for example, a system for receiving topology information from a plurality of waveguide systems or other transmission devices, the topology information identifying one or more transmission media available to each waveguide system for transmitting or receiving electromagnetic waves, and updating a topology of a communication system from the topology information provided by the plurality of waveguide systems. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 05-26-2016 |
| 20160149783 | HIERARCHICAL ANOMALY LOCALIZATION AND PRIORITIZATION - Example methods disclosed herein to prioritize anomalies in a communication network include classifying respective nodes in the communication network as normal, abnormal or indeterminate based on measurements received for the nodes. Disclosed example methods also include selecting a subset of the nodes classified as abnormal to be root cause abnormal nodes representing sources of the anomalies in the communication network, respective ones of the root cause abnormal nodes being abnormal nodes identified in the communication network and determined to have respective sets of direct descendent nodes having majorities of nodes classified as abnormal or indeterminate. Disclosed example methods further include combining respective anomaly sizes and anomaly scopes determined for the respective ones of root cause abnormal nodes based on the measurements to determine respective rankings for the root cause abnormal nodes, and outputting the respective rankings to prioritize the set of root cause abnormal nodes. | 05-26-2016 |
| 20160156533 | METHOD FOR TIME AWARE INLINE REMOTE MIRRORING | 06-02-2016 |
| 20160173141 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING UPLINK NOISE LEVEL IN MULTI-RU ENVIRONMENT | 06-16-2016 |
| 20160173237 | METHOD FOR A FIRST NETWORK NODE FOR TRANSMITTING OR RETRANSMITTING DATA TO A SECOND NETWORK NODE AND FIRST NETWORK NODE THEREOF AND METHOD FOR A SECOND NETWORK NODE FOR RECEIVING DATA TRANSMITTED OR RETRANSMITTED FROM A FIRST NETWORK NODE AND SECOND NETWORK NODE THEREOF | 06-16-2016 |
| 20160173351 | NETWORK ADAPTER OPTICAL ALERT SYSTEM | 06-16-2016 |
| 20160183106 | Alarm Method for Multi-Mode Base Station, Multi-Mode Base Station, and Communication System | 06-23-2016 |
| 20160191426 | ACTIVE MULTI-PATH NETWORK REDUNDANCY WITH PERFORMANCE MONITORING - A receiving network node ( | 06-30-2016 |
| 20160197685 | RF TESTING SYSTEM WITH PARALLELIZED PROCESSING | 07-07-2016 |
| 20160197705 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING INFORMATION ABOUT TRANSMISSION FAILURE FRAME | 07-07-2016 |
| 20160197767 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION IN LOCOMOTIVE | 07-07-2016 |
| 20160198357 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND REPORTING METHOD | 07-07-2016 |
| 20160204979 | ISOLATING THE SOURCES OF FAULTS/POTENTIAL FAULTS WITHIN COMPUTING NETWORKS | 07-14-2016 |
| 20160204980 | ISOLATING THE SOURCES OF FAULTS/POTENTIAL FAULTS WITHIN COMPUTING NETWORKS | 07-14-2016 |
| 20180026864 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD | 01-25-2018 |
| 20180027436 | RADIO HEALTH MONITORING | 01-25-2018 |
